KT7 Motor Circuit Controllers KT4 Manual Motor Starters - AA Electric

Sold by AA Electric 1-800-237-8274 Lakeland, FL • Lawrenceville, GA • Greensboro, NC • East Rutherford, NJ www.A-Aelectric.com 

KT7 Motor Circuit Controllers 

Motor Circuit Controllers – General Description ............................................F2 

Series KTA7 & KTA3-100 Base Units ..........................................................F4 

Series KTC7 Base Units ..............................................................................F6 

Series KTB7 Base Units ..............................................................................F8 

Accessories ..........................................................................................F10 

Type 2 Coordination ..............................................................................F20 

Technical Information – KT7 .................................................................F22 

Dimensions – KT7 ................................................................................F35 

Technical Information – KTA3-100 ........................................................F38 

Dimensions – KTA3-100 .......................................................................F43 

Ecombo and EcomboPlus Starters – General Description .....................F44 

CL4 / CLU4 Ecombo Starters .....................................................................F46 

CL7 / CLU7 Ecombo Starters .....................................................................F48 

CK7 / CKU7 EcomboPlus Starters ..............................................................F50 

Factory Options .....................................................................................F53 

KT7 Assembly – Application Rating Chart ..............................................F54 

Wiring Diagrams ...................................................................................F56 

Dimensions ...........................................................................................F57 

Enclosed KT7 Motor Circuit Controllers ..................................................F63 

Manual Combo .....................................................................................F64 

CX7 Combo ...........................................................................................F68 

Explosion-proof KT7 Motor Controllers ..................................................F73 

Dimensions and Technical Info. .............................................................F76 

Motor Current Rating Chart ...................................................................F80 

Methods of Applying KT7 Motor Circuit Controllers ...............................F81 

KT4 Manual Motor Starters 

Table of Content .........................................................................................F89 

Manual Motor Staters – General Description ..............................................F90 

Quick Selection Guide ................................................................................F91 

Accessories ...............................................................................................F92 

Explosion Proof Manual Starter Type EV3 ..............................................F96 

Technical Information .................................................................................F97 

Dimensions ..............................................................................................F102 

F 

Motor Circuit 

Controllers 

KT7 

F1

F 



Series KT7 



Versatile, convenient 

and space saving… 

for a variety of 

applications 

R 

Sprecher+Schuh’s new KT7 series of 

Motor Circuit Controllers are some of 

the most versatile and technologically 

advanced control products available 

today. 

In one small package, KT7s combine 

the functions of: 

• Current limiting short circuit 

protection 

• Class 10 thermal overload 

protection 

• Switching and 

• Signaling 

These devices can be used in a 

variety of control schemes that 

reduce panel space, simplify installation 

and eliminate the need for more 

expensive equipment. 

New models… 

Increased ratings… 

Sprecher+Schuh’s KT7 controller family 

has been expanded with the introduction 

of our new KT7 line, which 

offers higher interrupting capacities 

(KAIC ratings), improved Type 2 Coordination 

and a midsize frame rated 

to 45A (see photo below). In addition, 

the line has been expanded to include 

a new “high break” 25A device which 

offers 65kA of short circuit protection 

in applications up to 20 FLA. 

Designed for multiple applications 

New UL rules allow KT7 Motor Circuit 

Controllers to be used in a wide 

variety of applications including: 

• Manual Starter Applications 

• Traditional Group Motor Applications 

with compliance to the new 

Tap Conductor Ratings 

• Motor Disconnect Applications 

• Self-Protected Manual Combination 

Starter Applications (Type E) 

• Individual Combination Starter Applications 

• Multi-motor Starter Combination 

Applications 



F2 

45mm 

(≈1 3/4˝) 

25A 

Standard Interrupting Capacity 

45mm 

(≈1 3/4˝) 

25A 

High Interrupting Capacity 

54mm 

(≈2 1/8˝) 

45A 


80mm 

(≈3 5/16˝) 


90A


Construction Type E Listing 

Improved current limiting and breaking 

capacity has allowed KT7s to 

be UL / CSA listed as self-protected 

(Construction Type E) manual combination 

motor controllers. This eliminates 

the need for an upstream fuse or 

circuit breaker when using the KT7 as 

a manual motor starter. In addition, 

KT7s also meet UL requirements for 

KT7s meet UL requirements for Type E manual 

motor controllers and “at-motor disconnects” 

Excellent short circuit 

protection characteristics 

In the event of a short-circuit, the 

contacts are opened by magnetic, 

non-adjusting tripping elements in 

times approaching 3/1000 of a second. 

This results in the extremely 

rapid buildup of an arc voltage which 

limits the current of the short-circuit 

to a very low level. Because of this 

superb current limiting capability, 

KTA Motor Circuit Controllers have 

a short circuit capacity of up to 65kA 

at 480V and up to 47kA at 600V (see 

illustration below). 

Manual Motor Starter Ratings 

65kA 

KT7-25S 

KT7-25H 

“at-motor disconnects,” which means 

they can be used in an enclosure with a 

lockable handle as a manual motor starter 

for individual circuits, and are also an 

approved means of motor disconnect. 

Type E + Combo starter + 

Economy = “Ecombo” starter 

When the KT7 self-protected manual 

combination starter is combined with 

Sprecher + Schuh’s CA7 contactor to 

provide remote operation, we now have 

an alternative to the classic combination 

starter. We call these “Ecombo” starters, 

which save significant dollars and panel 

space over conventional combo starters. 

Ecombo starters are available for applications 

up to 15HP (@460/600V). 

25kA 

Superb thermal overload 

protection 

Every KT7 device is individually calibrated 

at the factory for the smallest 

and largest current it can handle. When 

coupled with automatic ambient temperature 

compensation over a range of 

-25°C to +60°C, very accurate thermal 

overload protection is obtained. In addition, 

the KT7 is a Class 10 device… 

it trips within 10 seconds under locked 

rotor conditions (6 x FLA). This better 

protects today’s T-Frame motors. 

30kA 

See a complete explanation of 

Ecombo starters beginning on page 

F40 of this catalog. 

65kA 

50kA 


Special units 

for special 

applications 

KTC7 controllers are available 

with a fixed magnetic 

trip set at 16…20x the 

maximum value of the 

current adjustment range 

(as opposed to 13x for the 

Multi-motor applications… 

Popular and money saving 

Because of the KT7’s new Construction 

Type E – UL Rating as a 

self-protected combination starter, 

many group motor installations can 

utilize an even simpler design and less 

expensive equipment. The result is 

minimum panel size and maximum 

flexibility while avoiding cumbersome 

NEC group motor rules. 

Using KT7s in Multi-Motor Starter applications 

can replace classic Branch Circuit Protection 

Devices and reduce panel space up to 60% 

KTA and KTB7). This prevents nuisance 

tripping in applications utilizing 

high efficiency motors for example. 

The KTB7 model is available without 

the thermal trip feature if a separate 

motor overload is required. 

Other protection features 

All KT7 Motor Circuit Controllers 

provide accelerated tripping under 

single phase conditions. This is accomplished 

with a special “differential 

tripping” mechanism built into each 

device. 

All KT7 Motor Circuit Controllers offer accelerated 

tripping under single phase conditions 

F 




F3

Motor Circuit Controller 

Series KTA7 / KTA3-100 

KTA7 Base Unit 

F 



Typical 

Single 

Phase 

Maximum Horsepower 

Typical 

Three Phase [HP] 

115V 230V 200V 230V 460V 575V 

Current 

Adjustment 

Range [A] 

KTA7-25S — Standard Interrupting Capacity 

Horsepower ratings shown in the table are for reference only. 

The final selection of the manual starter depends on the actual 

motor full load current and service factor. 

• For motor with service factor less than 1.15. Use motor nameplate full load 

current times 0.9 and choose the motor starter with the appropriate current 

range. Example: Motor F.L.C. = 4.2A; S.F. = 1.0. – 4.2A x 0.9 = 3.78A. 

Select Catalog Number KTA7-25S-4.0A. 

Magnetic 

Release 

Response 

Current [A] Catalog Number Price 

~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 0.10...0.16 2.1 KTA7-25S-0.16A 133 

~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 0.16...0.25 3.3 KTA7-25S-0.25A 133 

~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 0.25...0.40 5.2 KTA7-25S-0.4A 133 

~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 0.40...0.63 8.2 KTA7-25S-0.63A 154 

~ ~ ~ ~ 1/2 3/4 0.63...1.0 13 KTA7-25S-1A 154 

~ 1/10 ~ ~ 1 1 1.0...1.6 21 KTA7-25S-1.6A 154 

1/10 1/6 1/2 3/4 1-1/2 2 1.6...2.5 33 KTA7-25S-2.5A 154 

1/8 1/3 1 1 3 3 2.5...4 52 KTA7-25S-4A 154 

1/4 3/4 1-1/2 2 5 5 4...6.3 82 KTA7-25S-6.3A 154 

1/2 1-1/2 3 3 7-1/2 10 6.3...10 130 KTA7-25S-10A 154 

1 3 3 5 10 15 10...16 208 KTA7-25S-16A 176 

1-1/2 3 5 7-1/2 15 20 14.5...20 260 KTA7-25S-20A 176 

2 3 7-1/2 7-1/2 15 20 18...25 325 KTA7-25S-25A 176 

KTA7-25H — High Interrupting Capacity 

1/10 1/6 1/2 3/4 1-1/2 2 1.6...2.5 33 KTA7-25H-2.5A 193 

1/8 1/3 1 1 3 3 2.5...4 52 KTA7-25H-4A 193 

1/4 3/4 1-1/2 2 5 5 4...6.3 82 KTA7-25H-6.3A 193 

1/2 1-1/2 3 3 7-1/2 10 6.3...10 130 KTA7-25H-10A 220 

1 3 3 5 10 15 10...16 208 KTA7-25H-16A 220 

1-1/2 3 5 7-1/2 15 20 14.5...20 260 KTA7-25H-20A 220 

2 3 7-1/2 7-1/2 15 20 18...25 325 KTA7-25H-25A 220 


1/2 1-1/2 3 3 7-1/2 10 6.3...10 130 KTA7-45H-10A 309 

1 3 3 5 10 15 10...16 208 KTA7-45H-16A 309 

1-1/2 3 5 7-1/2 15 20 14.5...20 260 KTA7-45H-20A 309 

2 5 5 7-1/2 20 25 18...25 325 KTA7-45H-25A 309 

2 5 10 10 25 30 23...32 416 KTA7-45H-32A 347 

3 7-1/2 15 15 30 40 32...45 585 KTA7-45H-45A 347 

KTA3-100 — High Interrupting Capacity 

2 5 1-1/2 10 20 25 16...25 350 KTA3-100-25A 326 

3 7-1/2 10 15 30 40 25...40 560 KTA3-100-40A 384 

5 10 20 20 50 60 40...63 882 KTA3-100-63A 384 

7-1/2 20 30 30 60 75 63...90 1260 KTA3-100-90A 420 

Catalog Number KTA7-25S 

Catalog Number KTA7-25H 

Catalog Number KTA7-45H 



F4 

Discount Schedule A-1


Series KTA7 / KTA3-100 


KTA7 UL Ratings Application Chart 

Manual Motor 

Starter 

Max. Short Circuit 

Current [kA] 

Manual Controller for Group 

Installation ➊ 

Max. Fuse 

or Circuit 

Breaker 


Current [kA] 

➊ UL 508, CSA 22.2 No. 14 for group installation, in connection with short-circuit 

protection device. 

➋ UL 508 Part III. 

➌ UL 508 Part IV. 

➍ Type E applications require use of the KT7-xx-TE terminal adaptor on KT7s 

produced after July 16, 2001. 

➎ Requires lockable twist knob (KT7-KN or KT7-KRY) or lockable door coupling 

handle (KT7-HTN or KT7-HTRY). See page F14. 

Manual Controller 

as Motor 

Disconnect ➋➎ 


Current [kA] 

Suitable for Tap 

Conductor Protection 


Current [kA] 

Self-Protected Type E 

Manual Combination 

Controller ➌➍➎ 


Current [kA] 

Device 

480V 600V 480V 600V 480V 600V 480Y/277V 600Y/347V 480Y/277V 600Y/347V 


KTA7-25S-0.16A 65 47 450 65 47 65 47 65 47 65 47 

KTA7-25S-0.25A 65 47 450 65 47 65 47 65 47 65 47 

KTA7-25S-0.4A 65 47 450 65 47 65 47 65 47 65 47 

KTA7-25S-0.63A 65 47 450 65 47 65 47 65 47 65 47 

KTA7-25S-1A 65 47 450 65 47 65 47 65 47 65 47 

KTA7-25S-1.6A 65 47 450 65 47 65 47 65 47 65 47 

KTA7-25S-2.5A 65 30 450 65 30 65 30 65 30 65 30 

KTA7-25S-4A 65 25 450 65 25 65 25 65 25 65 25 

KTA7-25S-6.3A 65 30 450 65 30 65 30 65 ~ 65 ~ 

KTA7-25S-10A 65 30 450 65 30 65 30 65 ~ 65 ~ 

KTA7-25S-16A 30 30 450 30 30 30 30 30 ~ 30 ~ 

KTA7-25S-20A 30 30 450 30 30 10 10 10 ~ 10 ~ 

KTA7-25S-25A 25 10 450 25 10 10 5 ~ ~ ~ ~ 


KTA7-25H-2.5A 65 30 450 65 30 65 30 65 30 65 30 

KTA7-25H-4A 65 30 450 65 30 65 30 65 30 65 30 

KTA7-25H-6.3A 65 30 450 65 30 65 30 65 30 65 30 

KTA7-25H-10A 65 30 450 65 30 65 30 65 30 65 30 

KTA7-25H-16A 65 30 450 65 30 65 30 65 30 65 30 

KTA7-25H-20A 65 30 450 65 30 65 30 65 ~ 65 ~ 

KTA7-25H-25A 30 30 450 30 30 30 30 30 ~ 30 ~ 


KTA7-45H-10A 65 30 600 65 30 65 30 65 30 65 30 

KTA7-45H-16A 65 30 600 65 30 65 30 65 30 65 30 

KTA7-45H-20A 65 30 600 65 30 65 30 65 30 65 30 

KTA7-45H-25A 65 30 600 65 30 65 30 65 30 65 30 

KTA7-45H-32A 65 30 600 65 30 65 30 65 30 65 30 

KTA7-45H-45A 65 18 600 65 18 65 18 65 ~ 65 ~ 


KTA3-100-25A 65 42 1000 65 42 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 

KTA3-100-40A 65 42 1000 65 42 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 

KTA3-100-63A 42 18 1000 42 18 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 

KTA3-100-90A 35 10 1000 35 10 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 

It should be noted that the KT7 Manual Motor Circuit Controller, when listed as a 

self-protected (Type E) device, is rated for Wye-connected power systems for 

voltages above 240 volts (i.e. 480Y / 277 volts common in the United States or 

600Y/ 347 volts common in Canada). 

F 




Discount Schedule A-1 

F5


Series KTC7 

KTC7 Base Unit 

F 



Typical 

Single 

Phase 


Typical 


Current 

Adjustment 

Range [A] 








Magnetic 

Release 

Response 


115V 230V 200V 230V 460V 575V 

KTC7-25S — Standard Interrupting Capacity 

~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 0.10...0.16 3.3 KTC7-25S-0.16A 133 

~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 0.16...0.25 5.2 KTC7-25S-0.25A 133 

~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 0.25...0.40 8.2 KTC7-25S-0.4A 133 

~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 0.40...0.63 13 KTC7-25S-0.63A 154 

~ ~ ~ ~ 1/2 3/4 0.63...1.0 21 KTC7-25S-1A 154 

~ 1/10 ~ ~ 1 1 1.0...1.6 33 KTC7-25S-1.6A 154 

1/10 1/6 1/2 3/4 1-1/2 2 1.6...2.5 52 KTC7-25S-2.5A 154 

1/8 1/3 1 1 3 3 2.5...4 82 KTC7-25S-4A 154 

1/4 3/4 1-1/2 2 5 5 4...6.3 130 KTC7-25S-6.3A 154 

1/2 1-1/2 3 3 7-1/2 10 6.3...10 208 KTC7-25S-10A 154 

1 3 3 5 10 15 10...16 260 KTC7-25S-16A 176 

KTC7-25H — High Interrupting Capacity 

1 3 3 5 10 15 10...16 260 KTC7-25H-16A 220 

1-1/2 3 5 7-1/2 15 20 14.5...20 325 KTC7-25H-20A 220 


2 5 5 7-1/2 20 25 18...25 416 KTC7-45H-25A 309 

2 5 10 10 25 30 23...32 585 KTC7-45H-32A 347 

KTC7-25S 

Description 

The KTC7 has a fixed magnetic trip set 

at 16…20x the maximum value of the 

current adjustment range (as opposed 

to the KTA7s magnetic trip of 

approximately 13x current adjustment 

range). KTC7 are typically used in 

applications where nuisance tripping 

might occur, as with some high 

efficiency motors. 



➊ Magnetic trip is fixed at 16…20x the maximum value of the current adjustment range. 

F6 



Series KTC7 


KTC7 UL Ratings Application Chart 


Starter 


Current [kA] 



Max. Fuse 


Breaker 


Current [kA] 




➌ UL 508 Part IV. 

➍ Type E applications require use of the KT7-xx-TE terminal adaptor on KT7s 

produced after July 16, 2001. 

➎ Requires lockable twist knob (KT7-KN or KT7-KRY) or lockable door coupling 

handle (KT7-HTN or KT7-HTRY). See page F14. 



Disconnect ➋➎ 


Current [kA] 

Suitable for Tap 

Conductor Protection 


Current [kA] 

Self-Protected Type E 

Manual Combination 

Controller ➌➍➎ 


Current [kA] 

Device 

480V 600V 480V 600V 480V 600V 480Y/277V 600Y/347V 480Y/277V 600Y/347V 

KTC7-25S — Standard Interrupting Capacity 

KTC7-25S-0.16A 65 47 450 65 47 65 47 65 47 65 47 

KTC7-25S-0.25A 65 47 450 65 47 65 47 65 47 65 47 

KTC7-25S-0.4A 65 47 450 65 47 65 47 65 47 65 47 

KTC7-25S-0.63A 65 47 450 65 47 65 47 65 47 65 47 

KTC7-25S-1A 65 47 450 65 47 65 47 65 47 65 47 

KTC7-25S-1.6A 65 47 450 65 47 65 47 65 47 65 47 

KTC7-25S-2.5A 65 25 450 65 25 65 25 65 30 65 30 

KTC7-25S-4A 65 30 450 65 30 65 30 65 25 65 25 

KTC7-25S-6.3A 65 30 450 65 30 65 30 65 ~ 65 ~ 

KTC7-25S-10A 30 30 450 30 30 30 30 30 ~ 30 ~ 

KTC7-25S-16A 30 30 450 30 30 10 10 10 ~ 10 ~ 


KTC7-25H-16A 65 30 450 65 30 65 30 65 30 65 30 

KTC7-25H-20A 30 30 450 30 30 65 30 30 ~ 30 ~ 


KTC7-45H-25A 65 30 600 65 30 65 30 65 30 65 30 

KTC7-45H-32A 65 18 600 65 18 65 18 65 18 65 18 

It should be noted that the KT7 Manual Motor Circuit Controller, when listed as a 




F 





F7


Series KTB7 

KTB7 Base Unit 

F 



Typical 

Single 

Phase 


Typical 


Current 

Adjustment 

Range [A] 






range. Example: Motor F.L.C. = 4.2A; S.F. = 1.0. – (4.2A x 0.9 = 3.78A). 


Magnetic 

Release 

Response 


115V 230V 200V 230V 460V 575V 

KTB7-25S — Standard Interrupting Capacity 

~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 0.16 3.3 KTB7-25S-0.16A 133 

~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 0.25 5.2 KTB7-25S-0.25A 133 

~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 0.40 8.2 KTB7-25S-0.4A 133 

~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 0.63 13 KTB7-25S-0.63A 154 

~ ~ ~ ~ 1/2 3/4 1.0 21 KTB7-25S-1A 154 

~ 1/10 ~ ~ 1 1 1.6 33 KTB7-25S-1.6A 154 

1/10 1/6 1/2 3/4 1-1/2 2 2.5 52 KTB7-25S-2.5A 154 

KTB7-25H — High Interrupting Capacity 

1/10 1/6 1/2 3/4 1-1/2 2 2.5 33 KTB7-25H-2.5A 193 

1/4 3/4 1-1/2 2 5 5 4 52 KTB7-25H-4A 193 

1/2 1-1/2 3 3 7-1/2 10 6.3 82 KTB7-25H-6.3A 193 

1 3 3 5 10 15 10 130 KTB7-25H-10A 220 

1-1/2 3 5 7-1/2 15 20 16 208 KTB7-25H-16A 220 

2 3 7-1/2 7-1/2 15 20 25 325 KTB7-25H-25A 220 

KTB7-45H — High Interrupting Capacity 

2 5 5 7-1/2 20 25 25 325 KTB7-45H-25A 309 

2 5 10 10 25 30 32 416 KTB7-45H-32A 347 

3 7-1/2 15 15 30 40 45 585 KTB7-45H-45A 347 

KTB7-25S 

Description 

The KTB7 is designed without a 

thermal trip element (i.e., current 

adjustment range). It should be 

selected for applications where a 

separate motor overload protection 

device is used. Magnetic trip is the 

same as the KTA7 (approximately 13x 

operational current). 



F8 



Series KTB7 


KTB7 UL Ratings Application Chart 

Device 


Starter 


Current [kA] 



Max. Fuse 


Breaker 


Current [kA] 






Disconnect ➋ 


Current [kA] 

480V 600V 480V 600V 480V 600V 


KTB7-25S-0.16A 65 47 450 65 47 65 47 

KTB7-25S-0.25A 65 47 450 65 47 65 47 

KTB7-25S-0.4A 65 47 450 65 47 65 47 

KTB7-25S-0.63A 65 47 450 65 47 65 47 

KTB7-25S-1A 65 47 450 65 47 65 47 

KTB7-25S-1.6A 65 47 450 65 47 65 47 

KTB7-25S-2.5A 65 30 450 65 30 65 30 


KTB7-25H-2.5A 65 30 450 65 30 65 30 

KTB7-25H-4A 65 30 450 65 30 65 30 

KTB7-25H-6.3A 65 30 450 65 30 65 30 

KTB7-25H-10A 65 30 450 65 30 65 30 

KTB7-25H-16A 65 30 450 65 30 65 30 

KTB7-25H-25A 30 30 450 30 30 30 30 


KTB7-45H-25A 65 30 600 65 30 65 30 

KTB7-45H-32A 65 30 600 65 30 65 30 

KTB7-45H-45A 65 18 600 65 18 65 18 

F 





F9

Accessories 


Accessories for KT7 

F 



➊ X=Contact Closed 

O=Contact Open 

➋ 

Accessory 

Description 

Front-Mounted 

Auxiliary Contact 

• 1-pole or 2-pole 

• No additional 

space required 

Right 

Side-Mounted 


• 2-pole 

• Adds 9 mm to 

the width of the 

device 

Operator Position ➊ 

OFF ON Tripped 

Type 

Connection Diagram and 

Terminal Markings ➋ 

For Use 

With Catalog Number Price 

O X O 1 NO All KT7s KT7-PE1-10 16 

X O X 1 NC All KT7s KT7-PE1-01 13 

O X O 1 NO 

X O X 1 NC 

O X O 1 NO 

O X O 1 NO 

X O X 1 NC 

X O X 1 NC 

O X O 1 NO 

O X O 1 NO 

X O X 1 NC 

X O X 1 NC 

O X O 1 NO 

X O X 1 NC 

All KT7s KT7-PE1-11 19 



All KT7s KT7-PA1-20 29 





F10 


Accessories 






➋ 

Accessory 

Description 

Front-Mounted 

Trip Contact 

• 2-pole 

• Indicates 

tripping of 

device 

• No additional 

space required 

Right 

Side-Mounted 

Trip Contact 

• 2-pole 

• Indicates 

tripping of 

motor protector 

• Adds 9 mm to 

the width of the 

device 

Operator Position ➊ 


Type 

O X O 1 NO 

O O X 

NO Trip 

(Short-Circuit & 

Overload) 

X O X 1 NC 

O O X 

O O X 

O O X 

O O X 

X X O 

X X O 

O O X 

X X O 

X X O 

O O X 

X X O 

NO Trip 


Overload) 

NO Trip 


Overload) 

NO Trip 

(Short-Circuit) 

NO Trip 


Overload) 

NC Trip 


NC Trip 


Overload) 

NO Trip 


NC Trip 


Overload) 

NC Trip 


NO Trip 


NC Trip 




For Use 


All KT7s KT7-PEF1-S10/N10 29 

All KT7s KT7-PEF1-S10/N01 29 

All KT7s KT7-PAF1-S10/M10 38 




All KT7s KT7-PAF1-M11 38 

F 





F11

Accessories 

Series KT3-100 

Accessories for KTA3-100 

F 



Accessory 



➋ 

Description 

Front-Mounted 


• Internal 

• 2-pole 

Front Mounted 

Trip Indicating 


• Internal 

• 2-pole 

Operator Position 


Type 

O X O NO 

O X O NO 

X O X NC 

X O X NC 

O O X NO 

X O X NC 

O O X 

O O X 

X X O 

X X O 

X X O 

O O X 

O O X 

X X O 

NO Trip 

(Overload) 

NO Trip 


NC Trip 

(Overload) 

NC Trip 


NC Trip 

(Overload) 

NO Trip 


NO Trip 

(Overload) 

NC Trip 




For Use 


KT3-100 KT3-100-PE-20 20 

KT3-100 KT3-100-PE-02 20 

KT3-100 KT3-100-PE-11 20 

KT3-100 KT3-100-PF-20 38 

KT3-100 KT3-100-PF-02 38 

KT3-100 KT3-100-PF1-11 38 

KT3-100 KT3-100-PF2-11 38 



F12 


Accessories 

Series KTA3-100 

Accessories for KTA3-100 


Accessory 

Description 

Undervoltage Trip 

• Internal, front mounted 

• Integrated short-circuit trip 

integration 

• Automatically trips motor 

protector when voltage falls 

below 35…70% 

Shunt Trip Unit 

• Internal, front mounted 

• Integrated short-circuit trip 

integration 

• Trips motor protector when 

voltage is applied remotely 

Connection 

Diagram ➊ 

◗ 

For Use 

With 

KTA3-100 

KTA3-100 

AC Coil Voltage 

50 HZ 60 HZ 

➊ 

Catalog Number 

24V 28V KT3-100-UA-28V 

110V 127V KT3-100-UA-127V 

220...230V ~ KT3-100-UA-230V 

240V 277V KT3-100-UA-277V 

380V 400V KT3-100-UA-400V 

415V 480V KT3-100-UA-480V 

500V 575V KT3-100-UA-575V 

24V 28V KT3-100-AA-28V 


220...230V ~ KT3-100-AA-230V 





Price 

62 

62 

F 



➊ Special order on these items. 

KTA3 


F13

Accessories 



F 



➊ 

Accessory 

Description 


• Left-side mounted 

• Adds 18 mm to the width 

of the KT7 device 

• Automatically trips motor 

protector when voltage 

falls below 35…70% 

Connection 

Diagram ➊ 

For Use 

With 

All KT7s 


50 HZ 60 HZ Catalog Number 

12V 14V KT7-UA-14V 






220...230V 

KT7-UA-230V 

240...260V KT7-UA-240V 





Price 

For Use 

With DC Coil Voltage Catalog Number Price 

9V DC 

KT7-UA-9D 

12V DC 


24V DC 


36V DC 



48V DC 


68 

60V DC 


64V DC 


72V DC 


80V DC 


68 



F14 


Accessories 




➊ 

Accessory 

Description 

Shunt Trip 

• Left-side mounted 

• Adds 18 mm to the width of 

the KT7 device 

• Trips motor protector when 

voltage is applied remotely 

Connection 

Diagram ➊ 

For Use 

With 



50 HZ 60 HZ Catalog Number 

12V 14V KT7-AA-14V 






220...230V 

KT7-AA-230V 

240...260V KT7-AA-260V 





Price 

For Use 

With DC Coil Voltage Catalog Number Price 

9V DC 

KT7-AA-9D 

12V DC 


24V DC 


36V DC 


48V DC 


60V DC 


64V DC 



72V DC 


68 

80V DC 


110V DC KT7-AA-110D 






68 

F 





F15

Accessories 

Series KT7 & KT3-100 

F 




Accessories for KT7 and KTA3 

Accessory Description Color For Use With 

Lockable Twist Knob 

• For 1 padlock 4...8 mm (5/16”) dia. shackle 

• Can be locked in OFF position 

Padlockable Operating Knob 

• Accepts 8 mm (5/16”) padlock — Up to three padlocks 

• Permits padlocking in the OFF position 

Door Coupling Handle ➊ 

• For 3 padlocks 4...8 mm (5/16”) in diameter 

• NEMA Type 3 / 3R / 4 / 4X / 12 and IP66 Protection 

• Interlock override capability 

• Can be modified for locking in ON position 

• Ships with coupling — order extension shaft and legend 

plate separately 

• See Technical Section for mounting depth information 

Extension Shaft 

• Cut to required length for mounting depth (adapter-door) 

• See Technical Section for mounting depth information 

Terminal Adapter for Type E Applications ➋ 

• Required on all KT7s used in UL Type E applications 

• May not be used with Bus Bars 

Legend Plate 

• Marking: “Haupschalter” and “Main Switch” (Black/Gray) 

• Marking: “Not-Aus” and “Emergency Off” (Black/Yellow) 

Locking Tag 

• Padlock attachment to the lockable handles 

• Up to three padlocks 4...8 mm (5/16”) shackle 

Anti-Tamper Shield 

• Provides protection against inadvertent adjustment of the 

current setting 

• 10 pieces per package (price per piece) 

Screw Adaptor 

• For screw fixing of KT7 Motor Circuit Controller 

• 10 pieces per package (price per piece) 

➊ Door Coupling Handles [Cat.# KT3-100-HTN or KT3-100-HTRY] are available for 

KTA3-100 when used in manual motor starter applications. KTA3-100 is not rated 

as a UL Type E disconnect. Contact your Sprecher + Schuh representative. 

➋ Terminal Adaptors are supplied as standard on enclosed KT7 and CX7 starters, as 

well as, CL4, CL7 and CK7 assembled products, assuring they can be used in 

Type E applications. 

Catalog 

Number 

Price 

Black All KT7s KT7-KN 6 

Red/Yellow 

KT7-25 


KT7-KRY 

KT7-45-KRY 

Black KTA3-100 KT3-100-KN 16 

Red/Yellow KTA3-100 KT3-100-KRY 16 

Gray/Black All KT7s ➊ KT7-HTN 71 

Red/Yellow All KT7s ➊ KT7-HTRY 86 

KT7-HTN 

KT7-HTRY 

KTA3-100-HTN 

KTA3-100-HTRY 

All KT7-25 

All KT7-45 



KT7-KN 


KT7-45-KRY 

9 

KT7-HT 14 

KT7-25-TE 

KT7-45-TE 

KT7-HTFCN 

KT7-HTFCRY 

5 

5 

5 

5 

KT7-DS 23 

KT7-25 KT7-25-CA 19 



KT7-45-AS 10 


F16 


Accessories 

Series KF7 

Connecting Modules (for connecting KT7 to CA4 contactors or CA7 AC coil contactors) ➊ 


Module 

Connecting Modules (for connecting KT7 to CA7 two winding DC coil contactors) 

Module 

Mounting Modules 

Module 

KT7-25S-PNC23 

KT7-25S-PSC23 

Description 

Connecting Modules (forms Ecombo Starter) - ➊ 

• Provides electrical and mechanical interconnection 

of KT7 and CA4 (with AC or DC coils) or CA7 (with AC 

coils). 

• Suitable for reversing and wye-delta kits 

• Ecombo starter (with KT7-25) mounts on a single 

DIN-rail (KT7 mounts on DIN-rail) 

• Ecombo starter (with KT7-45) can be mounted on two 

DIN-rails or on Mounting Modules (see selection table 

below) 

Description 

Connecting Modules 

• Provides electrical interconnection 

of KT7 and CA7-(Y) two winding DC 

contactors 

• Coil Module extends A1/A2 terminals 

forward to facilitate wiring (required) 

• Contactor and motor protector must be 

mounted on two DIN-rails or on 

Mounting Modules (see selection table 

below) 

Description 

Mounting Module - 

Requires Connecting Module from tables above 

• Provides support for KT7 + CA7 or CA4 

• Top rail is specifically designed for KT7 

• Bottom rail is movable for easy assembly and 

disassembly 

• Complete unit mounts to two 35mm DIN-rails 

or one 70mm DIN-rail or screw mounts 

• 228 mm high 

Mounting Module - 

See Section D for Connecting Modules 

• Provides support for KT7 + PCS or PDS 

Softstarter or CA7 + PCS or PDS Softstarter 

• Top rail is specifically designed for KT7 

• Bottom rail is movable for easy assembly and 

disassembly 

• Complete unit mounts to two 35mm DIN-rails 

or one 70mm DIN-rail or screw mounts 

• 283 mm high 

For 

Connecting. . . 

For 

Connecting. . . 

To 

Contactor. . . Catalog Number ➊ Price 

KT7-25S CA4-9...12 KT7-25S-PEM12 24 

KT7-25S CA7-9...23 KT7-25S-PEC23 29 

KT7-25H CA7-9...23 KT7-25H-PEC23 29 

KT7-25H CA7-30...37 KT7-25H-PNC37 29 

KT7-45H CA7-30...37 KT7-45H-PNC37 29 

KT7-45H CA7-43 KT7-45H-PNC43 29 

To 

Contactor. . . 

Use 

Connector. . . ➊ 

Price 

KT7-25S CA7-9Y...23Y KT7-25S-PNC23 29 

KT7-25H CA7-9Y...23Y KT7-25H-PNC23 29 



KT7-45H CA7-43Y KT7-45H-PNC43 29 

Width 

(mm) Catalog Number Price 

45 KT7-WS45RR 15 

54 KT7-WS54RR 17 

45 KT7-WM45RR 16 

54 KT7-WM54RR 18 

With 

Coil Module. . . 

Price 

KT7-25S-PSC23 14 

KT7-45H-PSC43 14 

➊ cURus Approved (File # E33916). 

F 





F17

Accessories 


F 




Compact Busbar System for KT7-25 and KT7-45 ➊➋ 

A2E 

Accessory Description For Use With Catalog Number Price 

A3E 

Top view 

➊ UL Approved (File #E33916); CSA Approved (File #13908). 

➋ Compact busbar may not be applied with KT7-25-TE or KT7-45-TE Terminal 

Adaptors. Either Terminal Adaptors or Bus Bar may be used, not both. 

➌ KT7-25S and KT7-25H may not be combined without KT7-25-DB25H-54. 

Compact Busbar — 45 mm Spacing (Rated 63 A) 

• For use with front-mounted auxiliary contact 

Connects 2-KT7s 





• For use with side-mounted auxiliary contact 






• For use with side-mounted undervoltage trip or shunt trip 





Compact Busbar — 54mm Spacing (Rated 120 A) 

• For use with front-mounted auxiliary contact 





• For use with side-mounted auxiliary contact 




Jumper for KT7-25H to KT7-25S (Rated 63 A) 

• Accommodates difference in depth from KT7-25H to 


• Can be used with all other commoning links 

• 54 mm spacing 


Supply Block and Terminal 

• For power connection to Compact Busbar — 600V, 

KT7-25…63A max. / KT7-45…120A maximum 

• Top feed — overlaps commoning link 

• Meets requirements for terminal spacing from source 

in Type E applications 

Terminal Cover 

• For covering of unused connection terminals 

• IP2X finger protection 

KT7-25S or 

KT7-25H ➌ 

(may not be 

combined) 



(may not be 

combined) 





KT7-25S to 




KT7-25-DB-45-2 


















28 

32 

36 

40 

28 

32 

36 

40 

28 

32 

36 

40 

56 

64 

72 

56 

64 

72 

KT7-25-DB25H-54-2 40 

KT7-25-A2E 34 

KT7-25-A3E 27 

KT7-45H KT7-45-A3E 80 

KT7-25... 


KT7-25-DBA 

KT7-45-DBA 

4 

5 


F18 


Accessories 



KF7 Fuse Holder to be used with KT7 ➋ 

Accessory 

Accessory 

Blown Fuse 

Indicator 

KF7 is Compatible with KT7 

Compact Busbar 

Lockable in Open 

Position 

Connection 

Diagram Description Catalog Number Price 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Description 

Auxiliary Contact for KF7 Fuse Holder 

(1 NO Late Make + NC Early Break) 

IEC/CE 

Approvals 

UL/CSA 

• NO Late Make, provides positive indication that power circuit is open 

• NC Early Break, provides capability for dropping out contactor before breaking 

current on fuse 


KF7 Fuse Holder, CC - 30A Yes Yes KF7-D3C-C30 38.00 

KF7 Fuse Holder, Midget - 30A Yes Yes KF7-D3M-C30 38.00 

KF7 Fuse Holder with Blown Fuse Indication, CC - 30A Yes Yes KF7-D3C-C30L 53.00 

KF7 Fuse Holder with Blown Fuse Indication, Midget - 30A Yes Yes KF7-D3M-C30L 53.00 

Connector to 

Contactor 

➊ 

Price 

Applying KF7 with KTA7 Motor Circuit 

Controllers and CA7 Contactors 

KF7 can be applied on the line side of a multiple 

small KTA7 motor circuit controller or a single KTA7 

controller and CA7 contactors to increase the shortcircuit 

protection of the group or a single branch 

circuit. KF7 is compatible with the KT7 compact 

bus bars (as shown in Section F), which reduces 

the space requirement as well as installation time. 

Applying KF7 with CA7 Contactors 

KF7 can be applied on the line side of CA7 

contactors to increase the short-circuit withstand 

rating. The cUL withstand rating of CA7 when protected 

by Type”CC” fuses is increased to 100KAIC 

as shown on page A44. Similarly, when applying 

European Type “gG” fuses under CE rules, the 

withstand rating in combination with CA7 is also 

increased to 100 KAIC also shown on page A44. 

KF7-PE1-11 19.00 

F 



➊ See “PNC” connections on pg. F17. 

➋ Connection diagrams on pg. F33. 

KF7 


F19

Technical Information 

Type 2 Coordination 

Type 2 Coordination per UL508E (Voltage: 480V, 60 HZ) ➊ 

F 




Motor Protector Catalog Number 

Definition of Type 2 short-circuit coordination per UL508E 

• The contactor or starter must not endanger persons or plant in the event of a 

short-circuit. 

• The contactor or starter must be suitable for continuous use. 

• No damage to the overload relay or other parts may occur with the exception of 

welding of the contactor or starter contacts if these can be easily separated 

without appreciable deformation (such as with a screwdriver). 

In the event of a short-circuit, fast-opening, strong current-limiting KT7 motor 

protectors make it possible to build economical, fully short-circuit coordinated starter 

combinations in accordance with UL508E, Type 2 coordination. 

➊ The ratings in this table assume that the KT7 and contactor are mounted 

separately and connected via cable. 

➋ Ratings apply to specified or larger contactor. 

Thermal Overload Release 

Setting Range [A] 

KT7-25S — Standard Interrupting Capacity 

Contactor Catalog 

Number ➋ 

Short-Circuit 

Current [kA] 

KTA7-25S-0.16A KTC7-25S-0.16A KTB7-25S-0.16A 0.10...0.16 CA7-9, CA4-9(12) 65 




KTA7-25S-1A KTC7-25S-1A KTB7-25S-1A 0.63...1.0 CA7-9, CA4-9(12) 65 


KTA7-25S-2.5A KTC7-25S-2.5A KTB7-25S-2.5A 1.6...2.5 CA7-9 50 

KTA7-25S-4A KTC7-25S-4A ~ 2.5...4.0 CA7-30 50 

KTA7-25S-6.3A KTC7-25S-6.3A ~ 4.0...6.3 CA7-30 50 

KTA7-25S-10A KTC7-25S-10A ~ 6.3...10.0 CA7-30 50 

KTA7-25S-16A KTC7-25S-16A ~ 10.0...16.0 CA7-30 10 

KTA7-25S-20A ~ ~ 14.5...20.0 CA7-30 10 

KTA7-25S-25A ~ ~ 18...25.0 CA7-30 10 

KT7-25H — High Interrupting Capacity 

KTA7-25H-2.5A ~ KTB7-25H-2.5A 1.6...2.5 CA7-9 65 

KTA7-25H-4A ~ KTB7-25H-4A 2.5...4.0 CA7-9 65 

KTA7-25H-6.3A ~ KTB7-25H-6.3A 4.0...6.3 CA7-9 65 

KTA7-25H-10A ~ KTB7-25H-10A 6.3...10.0 CA7-9 65 

KTA7-25H-16A KTC7-25H-16A KTB7-25H-16A 10.0...16.0 CA7-12 65 

KTA7-25H-20A KTC7-25H-20A ~ 14.5...20.0 CA7-23 65 

KTA7-25H-25A ~ KTB7-25H-25A 18.0...25.0 CA7-23 65 


KTA7-45H-10A ~ ~ 6.3...10.0 CA7-9 65 

KTA7-45H-16A ~ ~ 10.0...16.0 CA7-12 65 

KTA7-45H-20A ~ ~ 14.5...20.0 CA7-16 65 



KTA7-45H-45A ~ KTB7-45H-45A 32.0...45.0 CA7-37 65 


KTA3-100-25A ~ ~ 16.0...25.0 CA7-16 65 

KTA3-100-40A ~ ~ 25.0...40.0 CA7-30 65 

KTA3-100-63A ~ ~ 40.0...63.0 CA7-43 42 

KTA3-100-90A ~ ~ 63.0...90.0 CA7-72 35 


F20 



Type 2 Coordination 

Type 2 Coordination per UL508E (Voltage: 600V, 60 HZ) ➊ 


Motor Protector Catalog Number 

Definition of Type 2 short-circuit coordination per UL508E 

• The contactor or starter must not endanger persons or plant in the event of a 

short-circuit. 

• The contactor or starter must be suitable for continuous use. 

• No damage to the overload relay or other parts may occur with the exception of 

welding of the contactor or starter contacts if these can be easily separated 

without appreciable deformation (such as with a screwdriver). 

In the event of a short-circuit, fast-opening, strong current-limiting KT7 motor 

protectors make it possible to build economical, fully short-circuit coordinated starter 

combinations in accordance with UL508E, Type 2 coordination. 

➊ The ratings in this table assume that the KT7 and contactor are mounted 

separately and connected via cable. 

➋ Ratings apply to specified or larger contactor. 

Thermal Overload Release 

Setting Range [A] 

KT7-25S — Standard Interrupting Capacity 

Contactor Catalog 

Number ➋ 

Short-Circuit 

Current [kA] 





KTA7-25S-1A KTC7-25S-1A KTB7-25S-1A 0.63...1.0 CA7-9, CA4-9(12) 47 


KTA7-25S-2.5A KTC7-25S-2.5A KTB7-25S-2.5A 1.6...2.5 CA7-16 10 

KTA7-25S-4A KTC7-25S-4A ~ 2.5...4.0 CA7-16 10 

KTA7-25S-6.3A KTC7-25S-6.3A ~ 4.0...6.3 CA7-23 5 

KTA7-25S-10A KTC7-25S-10A ~ 6.3...10.0 CA7-30 5 

KTA7-25S-16A KTC7-25S-16A ~ 10.0...16.0 CA7-30 5 

KTA7-25S-20A ~ ~ 14.5...20.0 CA7-30 5 

KTA7-25S-25A ~ ~ 18...25.0 CA7-30 5 


KTA7-25H-2.5A ~ KTB7-25H-2.5A 1.6...2.5 CA7-9 30 

KTA7-25H-4A ~ KTB7-25H-4A 2.5...4.0 CA7-16 30 

KTA7-25H-6.3A ~ KTB7-25H-6.3A 4.0...6.3 CA7-23 30 

KTA7-25H-10A ~ KTB7-25H-10A 6.3...10.0 CA7-30 30 


KTA7-25H-20A KTC7-25H-20A ~ 14.5...20.0 CA7-30 5 

KTA7-25H-25A ~ KTB7-25H-25A 18.0...25.0 CA7-30 5 


KTA7-45H-10A ~ ~ 6.3...10.0 CA7-30 30 

KTA7-45H-16A ~ ~ 10.0...16.0 CA7-30 30 

KTA7-45H-20A ~ ~ 14.5...20.0 CA7-30 30 



KTA7-45H-45A ~ KTB7-45H-45A 32.0...45.0 CA7-37 10 


KTA3-100-25A ~ ~ 16.0...25.0 CA7-16 43 

KTA3-100-40A ~ ~ 25.0...40.0 CA7-30 43 

KTA3-100-63A ~ ~ 40.0...63.0 CA7-43 18 

KTA3-100-90A ~ ~ 63.0...90.0 CA7-72 10 

F 





F21


KT7 Motor Circuit Controller 

IEC Performance Data 

Catalog Number KTA7-25S... 

0.16A 0.25A 0.4A 0.63A 1A 1.6A 2.5A 4A 6.3A 10A 16A 20A 25A 

Rated Operational Current, I e 

[A] 0.16 0.25 0.4 0.63 1 1.6 2.5 4 6.3 10 16 20 25 

Magnetic Release Current [A] 2.1 3.3 5.2 8.2 13 21 33 52 82 130 208 260 325 

Switching of Standard 

Three-Phase Motors 

AC-2, AC-3 

230/240V [kW] ~ ~ ~ 0.06/0.09 0.12 0.18/0.25 0.37 0.55/0.75 1.1/1.5 2.2 3.0/4.0 4.0/5.5 ~ 

400/415V [kW] 0.02 0.06 0.09 0.12/0.18 0.25 0.37/0.55 0.75 1.1/1.5 2.2 3.0/4.0 5.5/7.5 7.5/10 11 

500V [kW] ~ ~ ~ 0.18 0.25/0.37 0.55/0.75 1.1 1.5/2.2 2.5/3.0 4.0/6.3 7.5/10 11 15 

690V [kW] ~ ~ ~ 0.25 0.37/0.55 0.75/1.1 1.8 2.2/3.0 4.0 5.5/7.5 11/13 15/17 18.5/22 

Back-up Fuses 

gG, gL, only if I cc 

>I cu 

230/240V [A] ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ 100 100 

400/415V [A] ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ 80 100 100 

440/460V [A] ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ 63 63 80 80 

500V [A] ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ 80 80 80 80 

690V [A] ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ 16 20 35 50 50 63 63 63 

Ultimate Short-Circuit 

Breaking Capacity 

I cu 

230/240V [kA] 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 50 50 

400/415V [kA] 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 65 50 15 

440/460V [kA] 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 50 10 6 6 

500V [kA] 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 50 10 6 6 

690V [kA] 100 100 100 100 100 8 8 8 4 4 3 3 3 

Rated Service Short-Circuit 


I cs 

230/240V [kA] 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 50 50 

400/415V [kA] 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 50 15 15 

440/460V [kA] 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 50 6 6 6 

500V [kA] 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 50 6 6 6 

690V [kA] 100 100 100 100 100 8 8 8 4 4 3 3 3 

F 




F22 






Catalog Number KTA7-25H... 

Catalog Number KTA7-45H... 

2.5A 4A 6.3A 10A 16A 20A 25A 10A 16A 20A 25A 32A 45A 


[A] 2.5 4 6.3 10 16 20 25 10 16 20 25 32 45 

Magnetic Release Current [A] 33 52 82 130 208 260 325 130 208 260 325 416 585 



AC-2, AC-3 

230/240V [kW] 0.37 0.55/0.75 1.1/1.5 2.2 3.0/4.0 4.0/5.5 ~ 2.2 3.0/4.0 4.0/5.5 5.5/6.3 7.5 11/13 

400/415V [kW] 0.75 1.1/1.5 2.2 3.0/4.0 5.5/7.5 7.5/10 11 3.0/4.0 5.5/7.5 7.5/10 11 15 18.5/22 

500V [kW] 1.1 1.5/2.2 2.5/3.0 4.0/6.3 7.5/10 11 15 4.0/6.3 7.5/10 11 15 15/20 22/30 

690V [kW] 1.8 2.2/3.0 4.0 5.5/7.5 11/13 15/17 18.5/22 5.5/7.5 11/13 15/17 18.5/22 22/25 30/40 

Back-up Fuses 


>I cu 

230/240V [A] ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ 

400/415V [A] ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ 100 100 80 100 100 100 125 125 

440/460V [A] ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ 100 100 80 100 100 100 125 125 

500V [A] ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ 80 80 80 80 100 100 100 125 125 

690V [A] 20 35 50 50 63 63 63 63 80 80 80 100 100 



I cu 

230/240V [kA] 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 

400/415V [kA] 100 100 100 100 100 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 

440/460V [kA] 100 100 100 100 50 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 50 

500V [kA] 100 100 100 100 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 

690V [kA] 10 10 10 6 6 6 6 10 10 10 10 10 10 



I cs 

230/240V [kA] 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 

400/415V [kA] 100 100 100 100 50 25 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 

440/460V [kA] 100 100 100 100 50 25 25 50 50 50 50 50 50 

500V [kA] 100 100 100 100 50 25 25 50 50 50 50 50 50 

690V [kA] 10 10 10 6 4 4 4 10 10 10 10 6 6 

F 



➊ No backup fuse required. 



F23



F 




Catalog Number KTB7-25S... 

0.16A 0.25A 0.4A 0.63A 1A 1.6A 2.5A 


[A] 0.16 0.25 0.4 0.63 1 1.6 2.5 

Magnetic Release Current [A] 2.1 3.3 5.2 8.2 13 21 32 



AC-2, AC-3 

230/240V [kW] ~ ~ ~ 0.06/0.09 0.12 0.18/0.25 0.37 

400/415V [kW] 0.02 0.06 0.09 0.12/0.18 0.25 0.37/0.55 0.75 

500V [kW] ~ ~ ~ 0.18 0.25/0.37 0.55/0.75 1.1 

690V [kW] ~ ~ ~ 0.25 0.37/0.55 0.75/1.1 1.8 

Back-up Fuses 


>I cu 

230/240V [A] ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ 

400/415V [A] ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ 

440/460V [A] ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ 

500V [A] ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ 

690V [A] ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ 16 20 



I cu 

230/240V [kA] 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 

400/415V [kA] 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 

440/460V [kA] 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 

500V [kA] 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 

690V [kA] 100 100 100 100 100 10 8 



I cs 

230/240V [kA] 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 

400/415V [kA] 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 

440/460V [kA] 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 

500V [kA] 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 

690V [kA] 100 100 100 100 100 8 8 




F24 






Catalog Number KTB7-25H... 

Catalog No. KTB7-45H... 

2.5A 4A 6.3A 10A 16A 25A 25A 32A 45A 


[A] 2.5 4 6.3 10 16 25 25 32 45 

Magnetic Release Current [A] 32 52 82 130 208 325 325 416 585 



AC-2, AC-3 

230/240V [kW] 0.37 0.55/0.75 1.1/1.5 2.2 3.0/4.0 ~ 5.5/6.3 7.5 11/13 

400/415V [kW] 0.75 1.1/1.5 2.2 3.0/4.0 5.5/7.5 11 11 15 18.5/22 

500V [kW] 1.1 1.5/2.2 2.5/3.0 4.0/6.3 7.5/10 15 15 15/20 22/30 

690V [kW] 1.8 2.2/3.0 4.0 5.5/7.5 11/13 18.5/22 18.5/22 22/25 30/40 

Back-up Fuses 


>I cu 

230/240V [A] ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ 

400/415V [A] ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ 100 100 125 125 

440/460V [A] ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ 80 100 100 125 125 

500V [A] ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ 80 80 100 125 125 

690V [A] 20 35 50 50 63 63 80 100 100 



I cu 

230/240V [kA] 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 

400/415V [kA] 100 100 100 100 100 50 65 65 65 

440/460V [kA] 100 100 100 100 50 50 50 50 50 

500V [kA] 100 100 100 10 50 25 50 50 50 

690V [kA] 10 10 10 6 6 6 10 10 10 



I cs 

230/240V [kA] 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 

400/415V [kA] 100 100 100 100 50 25 50 50 50 

440/460V [kA] 100 100 100 100 50 25 50 50 50 

500V [kA] 100 100 100 100 50 25 50 50 50 

690V [kA] 10 10 10 6 4 4 10 6 6 

F 






F25



F 




Catalog Number KTC7-25S... 

0.16A 0.25A 0.4A 0.63A 1A 1.6A 2.5A 4A 6.3A 10A 16A 


[A] 0.16 0.25 0.4 0.63 1 1.6 2.5 4 6.3 10 16 

Magnetic Release Current [A] 3.2 5.2 8.2 13 21 33 52 82 130 208 260 



AC-2, AC-3 

230/240V [kW] ~ ~ ~ 0.06/0.09 0.12 0.18/0.25 0.37 0.55/0.75 1.1/1.5 2.2 3.0/4.0 

400/415V [kW] 0.02 0.06 0.09 0.12/0.18 0.25 0.37/0.55 0.75 1.1/1.5 2.2 3.0/4.0 5.5/7.5 

500V [kW] ~ ~ ~ 0.18 0.25/0.37 0.55/0.75 1.1 1.5/2.2 2.5/3.0 4.0/6.3 7.5/10 

690V [kW] ~ ~ ~ 0.25 0.37/0.55 0.75/1.1 1.8 2.2/3.0 4.0 5.5/7.5 11/13 

Back-up Fuses 


>I cu 

230/240V [A] ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ 

400/415V [A] ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ 80 

440/460V [A] ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ 80 

500V [A] ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ 80 80 

690V [A] ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ 16 20 35 50 50 63 



I cu 

230/240V [kA] 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 

400/415V [kA] 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 50 

440/460V [kA] 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 50 10 

500V [kA] 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 50 10 

690V [kA] 100 100 100 100 100 8 8 8 4 4 3 



I cs 

230/240V [kA] 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 

400/415V [kA] 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 15 

440/460V [kA] 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 50 6 

500V [kA] 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 50 6 

690V [kA] 100 100 100 100 100 8 8 8 4 4 3 




F26 






Catalog No. KTC7-25H... 

Catalog No. KTC7-45H... 

16A 20A 25A 32A 


[A] 16 20 25 32 

Magnetic Release Current [A] 260 325 416 585 



AC-2, AC-3 

230/240V [kW] 3.0/4.0 4.0/5.5 5.5/6.3 7.5 

400/415V [kW] 5.5/7.5 7.5/10 11 15 

500V [kW] 7.5/10 11 15 15/20 

690V [kW] 11/13 15/17 18.5/22 22/25 

Back-up Fuses 


>I cu 

230/240V [A] ➊ ➊ ➊ ➊ 

400/415V [A] 80 100 100 125 

440/460V [A] 80 100 100 125 

500V [A] 80 80 100 125 

690V [A] 63 63 80 100 



I cu 

230/240V [kA] 100 100 100 100 

400/415V [kA] 65 65 65 65 

440/460V [kA] 65 65 65 65 

500V [kA] 50 25 50 50 

690V [kA] 6 6 10 10 



I cs 

230/240V [kA] 100 100 100 100 

400/415V [kA] 25 25 50 50 

440/460V [kA] 25 25 50 50 

500V [kA] 25 25 50 50 

690V [kA] 4 4 6 6 

F 






F27



F 




General Data 

KT7-25S KT7-25H KT7-45H 

Rated Insulation Voltage 

IEC, SEV, VDE 0660 

690V 

UL, CSA 

600V 

Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage 

(main & auxiliary circuits) 

Uimp/pollution degree 

6kV/3 

Rated Frequency 

50/60 Hz 

Utilization Category 

• IEC 60949-2 (Motor Protector) 

A 

• IEC 60949-4-1 (Motor Starter) 

AC-3 

Life Span 

Mechanical [operations] 100,000 100,000 100,000 

Electrical (Ie max.) [operations] 100,000 100,000 100,000 

Switching Frequency [operations] max. 25/h. (motor starts) 

Ambient Temperature 

Storage 

-40º C...+80º C 

Operation 

-25º C...+60º C 

Resistance to Climatic Change IEC 68-2 

Moisture / Heat Resistance 

40ºC, 92% relative humidity, 56 days 

Moisture / Change Resistance 

23ºC, 93% relative humidity / 40ºC, 92% relative humidity, 56 days 

Site Altitude 

to 2,000 m N.N. 

Protection Class 

IP20 all round, when wired 

Resistance to Shock 

30 G, 11 ms 

Resistance to Vibration IEC 68-2 

Rated Thermal Current I th 


Up to 60º C ambient temperature [A] 0.1...25 1.6...25 6.3...45 

Overload Protection 

Characteristics 

Ambient temperature 

IEC 947-4-1 Motor protection (except KTB7) 

Compensation 

-20º C...+60º C 

Phase-failure protection 

yes, differential release 

Magnetic Release 

Response Current 

fixed setting 

13 x /emax. (for KTC7) 

16...20 x /emax. (for KTC7) 

I e 

max.=maximum values of setting ranges 

Total Power Loss P v 

Motor protector at rated load 

Operating temperature [W] 6...8 6...8 9...16 

Weights 

Description Catalog Number Weight 

KTA7-25S 

317 g 

KTA7-25H 

373 g 

KTA7-45H 

782 g 

KTB7-25S 

315 g 

Motor Protectors 

KTB7-25H 

365 g 

KTB7-45H 

782 g 

KTC7-25S 

315 g 

KTC7-25H 

365 g 

KTC7-45H 

782 g 

Auxiliary Contacts 

KT7-PE1 

KT7-PA1 

10 g 

KT7-PEF1 

KT7-PAF1 

15 g 

KT7-UA-✱ 

108 g 


KT7-AA-✱ 

110 g 

KT7-UA-L20-✱ 116 g 

Anti-Tamper Cover KT7-25-CA 2 g 

Lockable Twist Knob 

KT7-KN 


5 g 

Locking Tag KT7-DS 30 g 

Door Coupling Handle 



123 g 


Extension Shaft KT7-HT 46 g 

Lengend Plate KT7-HTFC 4 g 

Feeder Terminal 

KT7-25-A3 

KT7-45-A3 

172 g 

KT7-25-DB-45-2 47 g 





Commoning Links 









F28 





General Data 

Conformity to Standards 

Approvals 

Terminal Parts 

Terminal Type 

Accessories for KT7 Motor Circuit Controllers 


Blocks for 

Front Mounting 


KT7-PE1, KT7-PEF1 


Blocks for 

Right-Side Mounting 


KT7-PA1, KT7-PAF1 


at 40ºC ambient temperature 5 10 

at 40ºC ambient temperature [A] 4 6 

Contact Class Coordination 

According to NEMA AC B 300 B 600 

(UL/CSA Standards) DC Q 300 Q 600 

Back-Up Fuses gG, gL [A] 10 10 


AC-15 [V] 24 120 240 24 120 240 415 690 

[A] 4 3 1.5 6 5 3 2 0.7 

DC-13 [V] 24 120 240 24 120 240 415 

[A] 2 0.5 0.25 2 0.5 0.25 0.15 


Terminal Type 

KT7-25S KT7-25H KT7-45H 

IEC 60947-1, -2; -4-1 

EN 60947-1, -2; -4-1 

UL 508; CSA 22.2 

CE, UL, CSA 

Screwdriver Pozidriv No. 2/Blade No. 3 Pozidriv No. 2/Blade No. 3 

1 conductor [mm 2 ]/[AWG] 1...4 / No. 16...10 2.5...16 / No. 14...4 




1 conductor [mm 2 ]/[AWG] 1.5...6 / No. 16...10 2.5...25 / No. 14...4 

2 conductor [mm 2 ]/[AWG] 1.5...6 / No. 16...10 2.5...16 / No. 14...4 

Tightening torque [Nm]/[lb-in.] 2...2.5 / 18...22 3...3.5 / 27...31 

Screwdriver Pozidriv No. 2/Blade No. 3 

1 conductor [mm 2 ]/[AWG] 0.5...2.5 / No. 18...14 






Tightening torque [Nm]/[lb-in.] 1.2...1.5 / 10.6...13 

Lockable Twist Knob (KT7-KN & KT7-KRY) 

Tightening torque [Nm]/[lb-in.] 1 / 8.8 (T10) 

Mounting Depth – Door Coupling Handles (All KT7-HT...) 

Mounting Depth when using motor circuit controller: 

KT7-25S [mm]/[in.] 105.5 mm ± 5 mm (4.15” ± 3/16”) 

KT7-25H [mm]/[in.] 114.5 mm ± 5 mm (4.5” ± 3/16”) 

KT7-45H [mm]/[in.] 137.1 mm ± 5 mm (5.4” ± 3/16”) 

Mounting Depth – Extension Shaft (KT7-HT) 

Mounting Depth range when using motor circuit controller: 

KT7-25S [mm]/[in.] 117...338 mm (4.6”...13.3”) 

KT7-25H [mm]/[in.] 126...347 mm (5.0”...13.7”) 

KT7-45H [mm]/[in.] 149...369 mm (5.4”...14.5”) 

F 





F29



F 



Accessories 

Undervoltage Trip for 

Left-Side Mounting 

Cat. Number KT7-UA-* 

Undervoltage Trip with 

2 Auxiliary Contacts for 


Cat. Number KT7-UA-L20-* 

Shunt Trip for 


Cat. Number KT7-AA-* 

Actuating Voltage Pull-in 0.85...1.1 x U s 0.85...1.1 x U s 

0.7...1.1 x U s 

Drop-out 0.7...0.35 x U s 0.7...0.35 x U s 

Rated Control Voltage minimum 21V 50 Hz, 24V 60 Hz 21V 50 Hz, 24V 60 Hz 21V 50 Hz, 24V 60 Hz 

maximum 600V 50 Hz 600V 50 Hz 600V 50 Hz 

On-Time 100% 100% 100% 

Coil Rating Pull-in 8.5 VA, 6 W 8.5 VA, 6 W 8.5 VA, 6 W 

Hold 3 VA, 1.2 W 3 VA, 1.2 W 3 VA, 1.2 W 


Terminal Type 

Screwdriver Pozidriv No. 2/Blade No. 3 







Tightening torque [Nm]/[lb-in.] 1.2...1.5 / 10.6...13.3 


KT7-25-A3(E) 

Compact Busbar 

KT7-25-DB... 


KT7-45-A3(E) 

Compact Bushbar 

KT7-45-DB... 


[V] 600 600 600 600 

at 60º C ambient temperature [A] 64 64 120 120 

1 conductor [mm 2 ]/[AWG] 4...16 / No. 12...6 ~ #8...1/0 ~ 

1 conductor [mm 2 ]/[AWG] 6...25 / No. 14...4 ~ ~ 

1 conductor [mm 2 ]/[AWG] 6...25 / No. 14...4 ~ ~ 

Tightening torque [Nm]/[lb-in.] 3 / 27 ~ 27...54 ~ 



F30 





Time-Current Characteristic 

KT7 Manual Motor Starter/Protector 

Cut-off Current 


1. Thermal Release Trip Current 

The adjustable current-dependent delayed bimetal release protects 

motors against overload. The curve shows the mean operating 

current at an ambient temperature of 20°C starting from the cold 

state. Careful testing and setting ensures effective motor protection 

even in the case of single-phasing. The overload characteristic is 

also valid for transformer protection. 

2. Magnetic Release Trip Current 

The instantaneous magnetic trip has a fixed operating current 

setting. This corresponds to 13 times the maximum value of setting 

range (high inrush protection -20 x I e 

maximum). At a lower 

overload setting the magnetic trip is correspondingly higher. 

Current Setting I ef 

The overload trip corresponds to a thermal overload relay in a 

motor starter conforming to IEC 947-4-1. If a different value is 

prescribed (e.g., reduced I e 

for cooling medium having a temperature 

higher than 40°C or a place of installation higher than 2000 m 

above sea level), the setting current is equal to the reduced rated 

current I e 

of the motor. 

F 





F31



F 



Cut-off Current 

KT7-25H and KT7-45H 



F32 



KF7 with KT7 Motor Circuit Controller 


KT7 Motor Circuit KF7 Fuse Controllers Holder (without used with Terminal CA7 Contactor Adaptor KT7-25[45]-TE) 

 

 

 

 

 

 

KF7 Fuse Holder used with KTA7 Motor Circuit Controller and CA7 Contactor 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

F 



KF7 


F33



F 




• Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). 

• Dimensions are not intended to be used for 

manufacturing purposes. 

KT7 Bus Bar and Supply Blocks 

CA7/KT7 Connection Modules and Kits 

1) Ecombo Modules 

Electrical and mechanical connection between motor circuit controller and contactors with AC coil. For CA7-9...23 only. Compatible with the reversing- and WYE-delta 

starter components. 

2) Standard Connection Modules 

Electrical connection between motor circuit controller and contactors with AC coil. For CA7-9...45. Compatible with the reversing- and WYE-delta starter components. 

3) Coil Extension Modules 

Simplifies access to the coil terminals on 3-component starters. 

For CA7-9...23 = KT7-25S-PSC23 

For CA7-30...43 = KT7-45H-PSC43 


F34 


Dimensions 






KT7 Motor Circuit Controllers (without Terminal Adaptor KT7-25[45]-TE) 

a b c1 c2 

KT7-25S 117...338 105.5 ± 5 49.5 40.5 

KT7-25H 126...347 114.5 ± 5 49.5 40.5 

KT7-45H 148.6...369.6 137.1 ± 5 59.35 50.35 

➊ Mounting on 35 mm DIN Rail EN 50 022-35 

➋ Auxiliary contact (side-mounted). 

Adds 9mm (23/64) 

➌ Undervoltage trip or Shunt trip 

➍ Auxiliary contact (front-mounted) 

F 





F35

Dimensions 


F 






KT7 Motor Circuit Controllers (without Terminal Adaptor KT7-25[45]-TE) 

KT7-25S with Terminal Adaptor KT7-25-TE 

KT7-45H with Terminal Adaptor KT7-45-TE 

KT7-25H with Terminal Adaptor KT7-25-TE 



F36 


Dimensions 





• Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. 

Mounting Modules – KT7-WS45(54)RR & KT7-WM45(54)RR 

Catalog Number A B C D E F 

KA7-WS45RR 228 

(8-31/32) 

KA7-WS5RR 228 

(8-31/32) 

KA7-WM45RR 283 

(11-9/64) 

KA7-WM5RR 283 

(11-9/64) 

45 

(1-25/32) 

54 

(2-1/8) 

45 

(1-25/32) 

54 

(2-1/8) 

69 

(2-23/32) 

69 

(2-23/32) 

69 

(2-23/32) 

69 

(2-23/32) 

165.5 

(6-35/64) 

174 

(6-27/32) 

166.5 

(6-35/64) 

174 

(6-27/32) 

210 

(8-17/64) 

210 

(8-17/64) 

265 

(10-7/16) 

265 

(10-7/16) 

35 

(1-3/8) 

40 

(1-37/64) 

40 

(1-37/64) 

40 

(1-37/64) 

F 





F37


KTA3-100 Motor Circuit Controller 

F 




(CSA C22.2, UL 508 No. 14 in connection with a short-circuit protection device 

Catalog No. KTA3-100... 

25A 40A 63A 90A 

Maximum Short-Circuit Current 

480V [kA] 65 65 42 35 

600V [kA] 42 42 18 10 

Motor Load, Single-Phase 

115V [HP] 2 3 5 7-1/2 

200V [HP] 3 5 10 15 

230V [HP] 3 7-1/2 10 20 

Motor Load, Three-Phase 

200V [HP] ~ ~ ~ ~ 

230V [HP] 7-1/2 10 20 30 

460V [HP] 15 30 40 60 

575V [HP] 20 30 60 75 

Maximum Rated Current of the 

Protective Device [A] 2000 


Catalog No. KTA3-100... 

25A 40A 63A 90A 

Switching of Three-Phase Motors 

AC-2, AC-3 

230/240V [kW] 5.5/7.5 10/11 12.5/20 22/25 

400/415V [kW] 7.5/12.5 15/22 25/31.5 37/45 

500V [kW] 11/16 18.5/25 30/40 45/55 

690V [kW] 15/22 25/30 37/55 63/75 

Motor Load, Single-Phase 

gG, aM, only if I cc 

>I cu 

230/240V [A] ~ ~ ~ ~ 

400/415V [A] 160 160 160 160 

500V [A] 160 160 160 160 

690V [A] 160 160 160 160 

Ultimate Short-Circuit Breaking Capacity I cu 

200V [kA] ~ ~ ~ ~ 

230V [kA] 7-1/2 10 20 30 

460V [kA] 15 30 40 60 

575V [kA] 20 30 60 75 

Rated Short-Circuit Breaking Capacity I cs 

200V [kA] 100 100 100 100 

230V [kA] 65 50 50 25 

460V [kA] 50 25 25 13 

575V [kA] 15 8 6 6 


KTA3 

F38 Discount Schedule A-1


Series KTA3-100 Motor Circuit Controller 


General Data 

Catalog Number KTA3-100 

Rated Isolation Voltage 


690V 

UL, CSA 

600V 

Rated Frequency 

40...80 Hz 

Lifespan 

Mechanical 

30,000 operations 

Electrical 

10,000 operations at 63 A 

5,000 operations at 90 A 

Switching Frequency 

maximum 20 ops/hr 


Storage 

-25...+80ºC (-13...176ºF) 

Operation 

-25...+60ºC (-13...140ºF) 

Corrosion Resistance C IV (per IEC 68) 

Resistance to heat and humidity 

40ºC, 92%, 56 days 

Resistance to cyclic heat and humidity 

23ºC, 83%/40ºC, 93%, 56 cycles 

Type of Protection 

IP20 enclosed state 

Resistance to Shock [G] 30, 11 ms 

Resistance to Vibration 

Frequency range 

10...150 Hz 

In all directions 

in testing 


IEC, SEV, VDE 0660 ~ 

At 40ºC ambient temperature 

16...90 A 

At 60ºC ambient temperature 

4 adjustment ranges 

Rated current I e 

16...90 A 

Rated Impulse Voltage/Pollution 

Main circuits 

6 kV/3 

Auxiliary circuits 

6 kV/3 


Characteristics motor protection per IEC 947 

Temperature compensation 

-25...+60ºC (-4...140ºF) 

Phase failure protection 

differential release 

Magnetic Release 

Operating current 

fixed setting 

14 x I e 

maximum 

I e 

maximum = maximum value of adjustment range 

Power Loss P v 

At maximum rated current and with 

switch at rated operating temperature 

33 W 

Standards 

IEC 947-1/2/4/5; 

EN 60947; 

UL 508; CSA 22.2 

Approvals 

CE, CSA, UL 

Lloyd’s Register of Shipping 

Terminals 

Terminal Type 

Flexible [mm 2 ] 1 x 2.5...35 

Stranded [mm 2 ] 1 x 4...50 

Breakaway Torque [Nm] 6...10 

Stranded [mm 2 ] No. 12...2 

Breakaway Torque [lb-in.] 53...120 

Weight 

3-pole circuit breaker [g] 1845 (4.10) 

F 



KTA3 


F39


Series KTA3-100 Motor Circuit Controller 

F 



General Data 

Integrated Short-Circuit Indicator 

in Catalog Number KTA3-100-UA...and KTA3-100AA... 


At 40ºC ambient temperature [A] 2 

At 60ºC ambient temperature [A] 2 

Back-Up Fuse gl, gL [A] 10 

Rated Current 

Terminals 

Terminal Type 

AC-15 

AC-15 

AC-14 

AC-14 

24V 110V 230V 500V 

1.5A 1.5A 1.0A 0.75A 

24V 48V 60V ~ 

1.5A 0.5A 0.4A ~ 

Flexible [mm 2 ] 2 x 0.75...2.5 

Stranded [mm 2 ] 2 x 0.75...2.5 

Breakaway Torque [Nm] 1...1.5 

Stranded [mm 2 ] No. 18...12 

Breakaway Torque [lb-in.] 8.8...10.3 

Weight [g (lb)] 91 (0.21) 

Operating Voltage 

Pick-up 

Drop-out 

Duty cycle 

Undervoltage Trip Unit for Front Mounting 

on Catalog Number KTA3-100 

0.85...1.1 x Us 

0.7...0.35 x Us 

continuous 

Control Voltage min. 21V 50 Hz / 24V 60 Hz 

max. 

600V 50 Hz 

Coil Performance 

Terminals 

Terminal Type 

pick-up 

drop-out 

upon inquiry 

Flexible [mm 2 ] / [AWG] 2 x 0.50...2.5 (18...14) 

Stranded [mm 2 ] / [AWG] 2 x 0.75...2.5 (18...14) 

Tightening Torque [Nm] / [lb-in] 1.2...1.5 (10.6...13.3) 

Weight [g (lb)] 94 (0.21) 


KTA3 





Cut-Off Current 


Maximum Cut-Off Current 

Rated Operating Voltage 415V 

Protection of PVC Insulated Leads Against Overload and During Short-Circuit 

Protected Minimum Copper Cross-Section at 400V 50 Hz 

Catalog Number 10 mm 2 6 mm 2 4 mm 2 2.5 mm 2 1.5 mm 2 1 mm 2 0.75 mm 2 

KTA3-100-25A • • • • ~ ~ ~ 

KTA3-100-40A • • • ~ ~ ~ ~ 

KTA3-100-63A • • ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 

KTA3-100-90A • ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 

Maximum Forward Energy 

Rated Operating Voltage 415V 

As per IEC 364 and CENELEC coordination documents 384-3 and 384-3. 

In the Bulletin KTA3-100 Motor Protector, overload protection is achieved by means of the adjustable thermal releases. The maximum possible tripping current is substantially 

lower than in fused overload protection. Short-circuit protection is provided by the non-adjustable magnetic release which is capable of opening the main contacts very quickly. 

The short total breaking time limits temperature rise in the lead to a minimum in the event of a short-circuit. 

F 



KTA3 


F41



F 



KTA3 

Time-Current Characteristic 

KTA3-100 Manual Motor Starter/Protector 

Note: In certain applications such as in multi-speed motors or star-delta starters 

for heavy duty start and/or reduced motor lead cross-sections, the KTA3-100 

devices are used only as short-circuit protection, while overload protection is 

accomplished by thermal overload relays. The KTA3-100 motor protector must be 

set for a 20% higher current so that only the downstream thermal overload relays 

trip in the event of an overload. 

1. Thermal Release Operating Current 

The adjustable current-dependent delayed bimetal release 

protects motors against overload. The characteristic shows the 

mean at 20°C ambient temperature starting from the cold state. 

In equipment at operating temperature, release time is less 

than or equal to release time from the cold state. The precise 

routine test guarantees motor protection even when a phase is 

interrupted. 

Motor protection in protection type EExe: Pursuant to VDE 

0165/83, the release time of the cold overload release must be 

less than the allowed locked-rotor time t E 

of the motor. 

The specific tripping characteristics must be available at the 

operating site. If necessary, they can be ordered from the 

appropriate Sprecher + Schuh Sales Office. For new systems, 

protection equipment must be provided for motors in 

accordance with VDE 0165/83, section 6.1.4.3.3. Such 

protection equipment must ensure motor protection even in the 

event of a phase failure. 

2. Operating Current for Magnetic Releases 

Electromagnetic instantaneous releases react at a set tripping 

current. At the upper thermal release setting, this tripping 

current is 11 times or 14 times the set current at a lower 

setting. 

Current To Be Set 

Thermal releases meet the requirements for a thermal release 

for a starter in accordance with IEC 947. If a different value is 

specified (such as reduced I e 

in motors with a coolant temperature 

higher than 40°C or a site altitude >2000 m above M.S.L.), the 

rated operating current I e 

must be adjusted. 



Dimensions 







F 



KTA3 


F43

F 



Ecom 

Ecombo and 

EcomboPlus 

Starters 

Save space, 

save money 

in individual or 

multi-motor 

starter applications 

The Ecombo starter line combines a KTA7 selfprotected 

Type E combination controller with a 

CA7 contactor to form a cost effective compact 

alternative to traditional combination starters. 

R 

Sprecher + Schuh’s new Ecombo and 

EcomboPlus starters are the compact 

alternative to larger and higher priced 

combination starters. Both models 

consist of a KTA7 Motor Circuit 

Controller (UL / CSA listed as a 

Type E, self-protected combination 

starter), and a CA7 or CA4 contactor 

which provides remote operation. 

Whether used as a standalone starter 

or in multi-motor starter applications, 

Ecombo and EcomboPlus starters save 

significant panel space and dollars 

over conventional combination starter 

alternatives. 

Control and protection for 

most industrial applications 

The Ecombo starter line covers motors 

to 15HP (@460/600V), while 

providing current limiting short circuit 

protection to 65kA. Class 10 thermal 

overload protection is also assured with 

a very accurate current adjustment setting 

which is factory calibrated to the 

smallest and largest current the unit 

can handle. A “differential tripping” 

mechanism also provides accelerated 

tripping under single phase conditions 

(see illustration on page F3). Ecombo 

starters may be selected as Type 2 Coordinated 

per IEC 60947-4-1, U250E 

or UL Construction Type E or F. 

The Ecombo starter… 

Ecombo starters come standard with 

a KTA7 Motor Circuit Controller 

connected to Sprecher + Schuh’s CA7 

contactor (or CA4 mini contactor) 

through a specially designed connection 

module. The unit is DIN-rail 

mounted. Contactor coil connections 

are at the bottom of the starter to provide 

attractive and cost effective panel 

wiring. Ecombo starters may also be 

purchased with just three parts and assembled 

by the user to further increase 

economy. 

Ecombo starter 

EcomboPlus starter 

EcomboPlus… 

the complete solution 

The EcomboPlus starter is factory assembled 

on a special socket base that 

provides support and allows the starter 

to be mounted on one or two DINrails 

or screw mounted. Each starter 

comes standard with a front mounted 

auxiliary trip contact that is pre-wired 

to a built-in terminal block at the bottom 

of the unit. Contactor coil connections 

are also at the bottom of the 

starter to provide attractive and cost 

effective panel wiring. 

Reduce panel size, 

complexity and cost 

Because KT7 Motor Circuit Controllers 

are UL listed as self-protected 

combination starters, NEC / CEC 

group motor rules are simplified 

substantially. In many cases, only a 

non-fused switch is required for panel 

disconnect. See “Methods of Applying 

KT7 Motor Circuit Controllers” 

in this publication, which explains 

applying KT7s in multi-motor starter 

applications. 


F44

Catalog Number Coding 

CL4 and CL7 Ecombo / CK7 EcomboPlus 


Starter Type 

EcomboPlus Starter with CA7 

CK7 

CKU7 

2 component DOL Starter 

2 component REV Starter 

Ecombo Starter with CA7 

CL7 

CLU7 



Ecombo Starter with CA4 

CL4 

CLU4 

T 



Add “T” for 3 component starter 

Contactor 

Series 

Series CA7 ➊ 

9(C) 

12(C) 

16(C) 

23(C) 

30(C) 

37(C) 

43(C) 

60(D) 

72(D) 

85(D) 

Series CA4 

9(C) 

Aux. 

Contact 

01 1 NC 

10 1 NO 

11 1 NO + 1 NC 

20 2 NO 

22 2 NO + 2 NC 

Code 

Control Voltage* 

AC Voltage 

24Z 24V 50/60Hz 

120 110V 50Hz / 120V 60Hz 

208 208V 60Hz 

220W 208…240V 60Hz 

277 240V 50Hz / 277V 60Hz 

380 380…400V 50Hz / 440V 60Hz 

480 440V 50Hz / 480V 60Hz 

600 550V 50Hz / 600V 60Hz 

Code 

12D 

24D 

24DD 

48D 

110D 

220D 

DC Voltage 

12V 

24V 

24V with diode 

48V 

110V 

220V 

* Other control voltages available 

CL7 - 9 - 10 - 24Z - AS 0.25A - A01 

Circuit Breaker Type 

KT..7 

A… 

B… 

C… 

…S 

…H 

Motor Protection 

Starter Protection 

High Inrush Protection 

Standard Performance 

High Performance 

➊ (C) and (D) designations indicate DC coil. 

This illustration is for reference only. 

Turn to the appropriate page to determine 

specific catalog number & pricing. 

Adj. Range 

0.16A 0.1…0.16A 

0.25A 0.16…0.25A 

0.4A 0.25…0.4A 

0.63A 0.4…0.63A 

1.0A 0.63…1.0A 

1.6A 1.0…1.6A 

2.5A 1.6…2.5A 

4.0A 2.5…4.0A 

6.3A 4.0…6.3A 

10A 6.3…10A 

16A 10…16A 

20A 16…20A 

25A 20…25A 

32A 25…32A 

45A 32…45A 

Auxiliaries + Trip Contacts 

X 

A10 

A01 

A11 

A20 

T10A01 

T10A10 

No auxiliary contacts 

Aux. Contact 1 NO 

Aux. Contact 1 NC 

Aux. Contact 1 NO + 1 NC 

Aux. Contact 2 NO 

1 NO Trip + 1 NC Aux. Contact 

1 NO Trip + 1 NO Aux. Contact 

Option(s) 

For complete listing of 

Options Codes, refer to 

Modifications page in 

this section. 

F 



Ecom 


F45

Ecombo Starters 

Series CL4 

F 



CL4 

Non-Reversing Ecombo Starters with AC Coil, Series CA4 Contactor 

Thermal Trip 

[A] 

Non-Reversing Ecombo Starters with DC Coil, Series CA4 Contactor 

AC Coil Codes (✱) 

A.C. 

Coil Code 

Magnetic Trip 

[A] 

Voltage Range 

50 Hz 60 Hz 

24 24V 24V 

120 110V 110…120V 

240 220…230V 230…240V 

277 240V 277V 

380 400V-415V 380…400V 

Index 

➊ 

Typical Three Phase [HP] 

200V 230V 460V 575V Catalog Number ➋ Price 

0.10...0.16 2.1 101 ~ ~ ~ ~ CL4-9-10-✱-AS0.16A-X 243 

0.16...0.25 3.3 102 ~ ~ ~ ~ CL4-9-10-✱-AS0.25A-X 243 

0.25...0.40 5.2 103 ~ ~ ~ ~ CL4-9-10-✱-AS0.4A-X 243 

0.40...0.63 8.2 104 ~ ~ ~ ~ CL4-9-10-✱-AS0.63A-X 263 

0.63...1 13 105 ~ ~ 1/2 3/4 CL4-9-10-✱-AS1A-X 263 

1...1.6 21 106 ~ ~ 3/4 1 CL4-9-10-✱-AS1.6A-X 263 

1.6...2.5 33 107 1/2 1/2 1-1/2 2 CL4-9-10-✱-AS2.5A-X 263 

2.5...4 52 108 1 1 3 3 CL4-9-10-✱-AS4.0A-X 263 

4...6.3 82 109 1-1/2 2 3 5 CL4-9-10-✱-AS6.3A-X 271 

6.3...10 130 110 3 3 5 5 CL4-9-10-✱-AS10A-X 271 

10…16 208 111 3 3 7-1/2 10 CL4-12-10-✱-AS16A-X 313 

Thermal Trip 

[A] 

Magnetic Trip 

[A] 

Index 

➊ 



0.10...0.16 2.1 101 ~ ~ ~ ~ CL4-9C-10-✱-AS0.16A-X 254 

0.16...0.25 3.3 102 ~ ~ ~ ~ CL4-9C-10-✱-AS0.25A-X 254 

0.25...0.40 5.2 103 ~ ~ ~ ~ CL4-9C-10-✱-AS0.4A-X 254 

0.40...0.63 8.2 104 ~ ~ ~ ~ CL4-9C-10-✱-AS0.63A-X 274 

0.63...1 13 105 ~ ~ 1/2 3/4 CL4-9C-10-✱-AS1A-X 274 

1...1.6 21 106 ~ ~ 3/4 1 CL4-9C-10-✱-AS1.6A-X 274 

1.6...2.5 33 107 1/2 1/2 1-1/2 2 CL4-9C-10-✱-AS2.5A-X 274 

2.5...4 52 108 1 1 3 3 CL4-9C-10-✱-AS4.0A-X 274 

4...6.3 82 109 1-1/2 2 3 5 CL4-9C-10-✱-AS6.3A-X 282 

6.3...10 130 110 3 3 5 5 CL4-9C-10-✱-AS10A-X 282 

10…16 208 111 3 3 7-1/2 10 CL4-12C-10-✱-AS16A-X 324 

Ordering Instructions 

Specify Catalog Number 

Replace (✱) with Coil Code 

DC Coil Codes (✱) 

D.C. 

Coil Code 

24D 

48D 

110D 

220D 

See Coil Code table on 

this page for codes. 

Voltage 

24V 

110V 

220…230V 

240V 

Includes: 

• KTA7-25S (Standard Interrupting 

Capacity) Motor Controller 

• CA4 Contactor 

• Connecting Module 

(Cat.# KT7-25S-PEM12) 

• Terminal Adaptor for Type E 

Applications (Cat.# KT7-25-TE) 

• Can mount on one DIN-rail 

Horsepower ratings shown in the tables are for reference only. 







➊ KAIC Assembly Rating Index. See pages F50-51 for Application Rating Guide. 

➋ Does not include auxiliary contacts. See Factory Options on page F49 for additional 

auxiliary contact configurations. 


F46 


Reversing Ecombo Starters 

Series CLU4 


Reversing Ecombo Starters with AC Coil, Series CA4 Contactor 

Thermal Trip 

[A] 

Magnetic Trip 

[A] 

AC Coil Codes (✱) 

Index 

➊ 



0.10...0.16 2.1 101 ~ ~ ~ ~ CLU4-9-02-✱-AS0.16A-X 322 

0.16...0.25 3.3 102 ~ ~ ~ ~ CLU4-9-02-✱-AS0.25A-X 322 

0.25...0.40 5.2 103 ~ ~ ~ ~ CLU4-9-02-✱-AS0.4A-X 322 

0.40...0.63 8.2 104 ~ ~ ~ ~ CLU4-9-02-✱-AS0.63A-X 342 

0.63...1 13 105 ~ ~ 1/2 3/4 CLU4-9-02-✱-AS1A-X 342 

1...1.6 21 106 ~ ~ 3/4 1 CLU4-9-02-✱-AS1.6A-X 342 

1.6...2.5 33 107 1/2 1/2 1-1/2 2 CLU4-9-02-✱-AS2.5A-X 342 

2.5...4 52 108 1 1 3 3 CLU4-9-02-✱-AS4.0A-X 342 

4...6.3 82 109 1-1/2 2 3 5 CLU4-9-02-✱-AS6.3A-X 358 

6.3...10 130 110 3 3 5 5 CLU4-9-02-✱-AS10A-X 358 

10…16 208 111 3 3 7-1/2 10 CLU4-12-02-✱-AS16A-X 420 

A.C. 

Coil Code 

Voltage Range 

50 Hz 60 Hz 

24 24V 24V 

120 110V 110…120V 

240 220…230V 230…240V 

277 240V 277V 

380 400V-415V 380…400V 













Includes: 

• KTA7-25S (Standard Interrupting 

Capacity) Motor Controller 

• Two CA4 Contactors 


(Cat.# KT7-25S-PEM12) 

• Terminal Adaptor for Type E Applications 

(Cat.# KT7-25-TE) 

• Reversing Power Wiring Kit 

(Cat.# KCR4) 



➋ Does not include auxiliary contacts. See Factory Options on page F49 for additional 

auxiliary contact configurations. 

F 



CL4 


F47

Ecombo Starters 

Series CL7 

F 



CL4 

Non-Reversing Ecombo Starters with AC Coil, Series CA7 Contactor ➌ 

Thermal Trip 

[A] 

Coil Codes (✱) ➋ 

Magnetic Trip 

[A] 

Index 

➊ 


200V 230V 460V 575V 

Catalog Number ➋ 

Price 


0.10...0.16 2.1 51 ~ ~ ~ ~ CL7-9-10-✱-AS0.16A-A10 255 

0.16...0.25 3.3 52 ~ ~ ~ ~ CL7-9-10-✱-AS0.25A-A10 255 

0.25...0.40 5.2 53 ~ ~ ~ ~ CL7-9-10-✱-AS0.4A-A10 255 

0.40...0.63 8.2 54 ~ ~ ~ ~ CL7-9-10-✱-AS0.63A-A10 275 

0.63...1 13 55 ~ ~ 1/2 3/4 CL7-9-10-✱-AS1A-A10 275 

1...1.6 21 56 ~ ~ 1 1 CL7-9-10-✱-AS1.6A-A10 275 

1.6...2.5 33 57 1/2 3/4 1-1/2 2 CL7-9-10-✱-AS2.5A-A10 275 

2.5...4 52 58 1 1 3 3 CL7-9-10-✱-AS4.0A-A10 275 

4...6.3 82 59 1-1/2 2 5 5 CL7-9-10-✱-AS6.3A-A10 275 

6.3...10 130 60 3 3 7-1/2 10 CL7-12-10-✱-AS10A-A10 295 

10...16 208 61 3 5 10 15 CL7-16-10-✱-AS16A-A10 327 

14.5...20 260 64 5 7-1/2 15 15 CL7-23-10-✱-AS20A-A10 340 

18.5...25 325 65 5 7-1/2 15 15 CL7-23-10-✱-AS25A-A10 340 


1.6...2.5 33 66 1/2 3/4 1-1/2 2 CL7-9-10-✱-AH2.5A-A10 313 

2.5...4 52 68 1 1 3 3 CL7-9-10-✱-AH4.0A-A10 313 

4...6.3 82 70 1-1/2 2 5 5 CL7-9-10-✱-AH6.3A-A10 313 

6.3...10 130 72 3 3 7-1/2 10 CL7-12-10-✱-AH10A-A10 359 

10...16 208 74 3 5 10 15 CL7-16-10-✱-AH16A-A10 370 

14.5...20 260 76 5 7-1/2 15 15 CL7-23-10-✱-AH20A-A10 383 

18...25 325 78 5 7-1/2 15 15 CL7-23-10-✱-AH25A-A10 383 

A.C. 

Coil Code 

Voltage Range 

50 Hz 60 Hz 

24Z 24V 24V 

120 110V 120V 

208 ~ 208V 

220W ~ 208V-240V 

240 220V 240V 

277 240V 277V 

380 380...400V 440V 

480 440V 480V 

600 550V 600V 













Includes: 

• KT7 Motor Controller with 1 NO 


• CA7 Contactor (AC) 


(Cat.# KT7-25[S or H]-PEC23) 

• Terminal Adaptor for Type E 

Applications (Cat.# KT7-25-TE) 



➋ Other voltages available, see Section A in this catalog. Nonstandard coil voltages 

not listed here must be ordered and installed separately as renewal parts. 

➌ CL7-30, 37 & 43 not shown because the components must be unassembled to 

mount them on two DIN-rails. 


F48 


Reversing Ecombo Starters 

Series CLU7 


Reversing Ecombo Starters with AC Coil, Series CA7 Contactor ➌ 

Thermal Trip 

[A] 

Magnetic 

Trip [A] 

Coil Codes (✱) ➋ 

Index 

➊ 


200V 230V 460V 575V 

Catalog Number ➋ 

Price 


0.10...0.16 2.1 51 ~ ~ ~ ~ CLU7-9-22-✱-AS0.16A-A10 386 

0.16...0.25 3.3 52 ~ ~ ~ ~ CLU7-9-22-✱-AS0.25A-A10 386 

0.25...0.40 5.2 53 ~ ~ ~ ~ CLU7-9-22-✱-AS0.4A-A10 386 

0.40...0.63 8.2 54 ~ ~ ~ ~ CLU7-9-22-✱-AS0.63A-A10 406 

0.63...1 13 55 ~ ~ 1/2 3/4 CLU7-9-22-✱-AS1A-A10 406 

1...1.6 21 56 ~ ~ 1 1 CLU7-9-22-✱-AS1.6A-A10 406 

1.6...2.5 33 57 1/2 3/4 1-1/2 2 CLU7-9-22-✱-AS2.5A-A10 406 

2.5...4 52 58 1 1 3 3 CLU7-9-22-✱-AS4.0A-A10 406 

4...6.3 82 59 1-1/2 2 5 5 CLU7-9-22-✱-AS6.3A-A10 406 

6.3...10 130 60 3 3 7-1/2 10 CLU7-12-22-✱-AS10A-A10 445 

10...16 208 61 3 5 10 15 CLU7-16-22-✱-AS16A-A10 490 

14.5...20 260 64 5 7-1/2 15 15 CLU7-23-22-✱-AS20A-A10 515 

18.5...25 325 65 5 7-1/2 15 15 CLU7-23-22-✱-AS25A-A10 515 


1.6...2.5 33 66 1/2 3/4 1-1/2 2 CLU7-9-22-✱-AH2.5A-A10 443 

2.5...4 52 68 1 1 3 3 CLU7-9-22-✱-AH4.0A-A10 443 

4...6.3 82 70 1-1/2 2 5 5 CLU7-9-22-✱-AH6.3A-A10 443 

6.3...10 130 72 3 3 7-1/2 10 CLU7-12-22-✱-AH10A-A10 509 

10...16 208 74 3 5 10 15 CLU7-16-22-✱-AH16A-A10 533 

14.5...20 260 76 5 7-1/2 15 15 CLU7-23-22-✱-AH20A-A10 558 

18...25 325 78 5 7-1/2 15 15 CLU7-23-22-✱-AH25A-A10 558 

A.C. 

Coil Code 

Voltage Range 

50 Hz 60 Hz 

24Z 24V 24V 

120 110V 120V 

208 ~ 208V 

220W ~ 208V-240V 

240 220V 240V 

277 240V 277V 

380 380...400V 440V 

480 440V 480V 

600 550V 600V 













Includes: 

• KT7 Motor Controller with 1 NO 


• Two CA7 Contactors (AC) 


(Cat.# KT7-25[S or H]-PEC23) 



• Reversing Power Wiring Kit 

(Cat.# CAUT7-PW23) 

• Electrical / Mechanical Interlock 

(Cat.# CM7-02) 



➋ Other voltages available, see Section A in this catalog. Nonstandard coil voltages 


➌ CLU7-30, 37 & 43 not shown because the components must be unassembled to 

mount them on two DIN-rails. 

F 



CL4 


F49

EcomboPlus Starters, AC Coil 

Series CK7 

F 



CK7 

Non-Reversing EcomboPlus Starters with AC Coil, Series CA7 Contactors 

Thermal Trip Magnetic Trip Index 


[A] 

[A] ➊ 200V 230V 460V 575V Catalog Number ➋ Price 


0.10...0.16 2.1 1 ~ ~ ~ ~ CK7-9-10-✱-AS0.16A-A11 351 

0.16...0.25 3.3 2 ~ ~ ~ ~ CK7-9-10-✱-AS0.25A-A11 351 

0.25...0.40 5.2 3 ~ ~ ~ ~ CK7-9-10-✱-AS0.4A-A11 351 

0.40...0.63 8.2 4 ~ ~ ~ ~ CK7-9-10-✱-AS0.63A-A11 371 

0.63...1 13 5 ~ ~ 1/2 3/4 CK7-9-10-✱-AS1A-A11 371 

1...1.6 21 6 ~ ~ 1 1 CK7-9-10-✱-AS1.6A-A11 371 

1.6...2.5 33 7 1/2 3/4 1-1/2 2 CK7-9-10-✱-AS2.5A-A11 371 

2.5...4 52 8 1 1 3 3 CK7-9-10-✱-AS4A-A11 371 

4...6.3 82 9 1-1/2 2 5 5 CK7-9-10-✱-AS6.3A-A11 371 

6.3...10 130 10 3 3 7-1/2 10 CK7-12-10-✱-AS10A-A11 392 

10...16 208 11 3 5 10 15 CK7-16-10-✱-AS16A-A11 426 

14.5...20 260 14 5 7-1/2 15 15 CK7-23-10-✱-AS20A-A11 439 

18.5...25 325 15 5 7-1/2 15 15 CK7-23-10-✱-AS25A-A11 439 


1.6...2.5 33 16 1/2 3/4 1-1/2 2 CK7-9-10-✱-AH2.5A-A11 411 

2.5...4 52 18 1 1 3 3 CK7-9-10-✱-AH4A-A11 411 

4...6.3 82 20 1-1/2 2 5 5 CK7-9-10-✱-AH6.3A-A11 411 

6.3...10 130 22 3 3 7-1/2 10 CK7-12-10-✱-AH10A-A11 459 

10...16 208 24 3 5 10 15 CK7-16-10-✱-AH16A-A11 471 

14.5...20 260 26 5 7-1/2 15 15 CK7-23-10-✱-AH20A-A11 484 

18...25 325 28 5 7-1/2 15 15 CK7-23-10-✱-AH25A-A11 484 


6.3…10 130 30 3 3 7-1/2 10 CK7-30-11-✱-AH10A-A11 632 

10....16 208 31 3 5 10 15 CK7-30-11-✱-AH16A-A11 632 

14.5...20 260 32 5 7-1/2 15 15 CK7-30-11-✱-AH20A-A11 632 

18…25 325 33 5 7-1/2 15 15 CK7-30-11-✱-AH25A-A11 632 

23…32 416 34 7-1/2 10 20 25 CK7-30-11-✱-AH32A-A11 650 

32…45 585 35 10 10 25 30 CK7-37-11-✱-AH45A-A11 689 

32…45 585 36 10 15 30 30 CK7-43-11-✱-AH45A-A11 696 

Coil Codes (✱) ➍ 

A.C. 

Coil Code 

Voltage Range 

50 Hz 60 Hz 

24Z 24V 24V 

120 110V 120V 

208 ~ 208V 

220W ~ 208V-240V 

240 220V 240V 

277 240V 277V 

380 380...400V 440V 

480 440V 480V 

600 550V 600V 













Description ➌ 

The EcomboPlus starter is a 

factory assembly consisting of a KT7 

controller with 1 NO - 1 NC auxiliary 

and a CA7 contactor housed in a 

specially designed frame. All control 

wiring is pre-wired and brought out 

to a built-in terminal block, integral 

to the mounting frame. Terminal 

Adaptor (Cat.# KT7-25[45]-TE) is also 

included for Type E applications. 


➋ 1 NO + 1 NC auxiliary contact on KT7 is standard. 1 NO auxiliary contact on CA7 

contactor is standard. See Factory Options on page F49 for additional auxiliary 

contact configurations. 

➌ Mounting Options: 

• Screw Fixing 

• Snap Fixing on (1) or (2) 35 mm DIN Rails 

• Snap Fixing on (1) 75 mm DIN Rail 

➍ Other voltages available, see Section A in this catalog. Nonstandard coil voltages 



F50 


Reversing EcomboPlus Starters, AC Coil 

Series CKU7 


Reversing EcomboPlus Starters with AC Coil, Series CA7 Contactors 

Thermal Trip 

[A] 


Magnetic Trip 

[A] 


Index 

➊ 200V 230V 460V 575V Catalog Number ➋ 


0.10...0.16 2.1 1 ~ ~ ~ ~ CKU7-9-22-✱-AS0.16A-A11 531 

0.16...0.25 3.3 2 ~ ~ ~ ~ CKU7-9-22-✱-AS0.25A-A11 531 

0.25...0.40 5.2 3 ~ ~ ~ ~ CKU7-9-22-✱-AS0.4A-A11 531 

0.40...0.63 8.2 4 ~ ~ ~ ~ CKU7-9-22-✱-AS0.63A-A11 531 

0.63...1 13 5 ~ ~ 1/2 3/4 CKU7-9-22-✱-AS1A-A11 531 

1...1.6 21 6 ~ ~ 1 1 CKU7-9-22-✱-AS1.6A-A11 531 

1.6...2.5 33 7 1/2 3/4 1-1/2 2 CKU7-9-22-✱-AS2.5A-A11 531 

2.5...4 52 8 1 1 3 3 CKU7-9-22-✱-AS4.0A-A11 531 

4...6.3 82 9 1-1/2 2 5 5 CKU7-9-22-✱-AS6.3A-A11 551 

6.3...10 130 10 3 3 7-1/2 10 CKU7-12-22-✱-AS10A-A11 593 

10...16 208 11 3 5 10 15 CKU7-16-22-✱-AS16A-A11 639 

14.5...20 260 14 5 7-1/2 15 15 CKU7-23-22-✱-AS20A-A11 665 

18.5...25 325 15 5 7-1/2 15 15 CKU7-23-22-✱-AS25A-A11 665 


1.6...2.5 33 16 1/2 3/4 1-1/2 2 CKU7-9-22-✱-AH2.5A-A11 591 

2.5...4 52 18 1 1 3 3 CKU7-9-22-✱-AH4.0A-A11 591 

4...6.3 82 20 1-1/2 2 5 5 CKU7-9-22-✱-AH6.3A-A11 591 

6.3...10 130 22 3 3 7-1/2 10 CKU7-12-22-✱-AH10A-A11 659 

10...16 208 24 3 5 10 15 CKU7-16-22-✱-AH16A-A11 684 

14.5...20 260 26 5 7-1/2 15 15 CKU7-23-22-✱-AH20A-A11 710 

18...25 325 28 5 7-1/2 15 15 CKU7-23-22-✱-AH25A-A11 710 








A.C. 

Coil Code 

Voltage Range 

50 Hz 60 Hz 

24Z 24V 24V 

120 110V 120V 

208 ~ 208V 

220W ~ 208V-240V 

240 220V 240V 

277 240V 277V 

380 380...400V 440V 

480 440V 480V 

600 550V 600V 






Price 


The EcomboPlus Reversing starter 

is a factory assembly consisting of 

a KT7 controller with 1 NO - 1 NC 

auxiliary and reversing CA7 contactors 

housed in a specially designed 

frame. All control wiring is pre-wired 

and brought out to a built-in terminal 

block, integral to the mounting frame. 

A Reversing Power Wiring Kit (Cat.# 

CAUT7-PW23) is used to wire the reversing 

contactors. An electrical and 

mechanical interlock is also provided 

(Cat.# CM7-02), as well as a Terminal 

Adaptor (Cat.# KT7-25-TE) for Type E 

applications. 


➋ 1 NO + 1 NC auxiliary contact on the KT7 is standard. 2-NO auxiliary contacts 

on the CKU7 contactor and 2-NC auxiliary contacts on the CM7-02 interlock per 

reversing pair is standard. See Factory Options on page F49 for additional auxiliary 








F 



CK7 


F51

EcomboPlus Starters, DC Coil 

Series CK7 

F 



CK7 

Non-Reversing EcomboPlus Starters with DC Coil, Series CA7 Contactors 

Thermal Trip 

[A] 


Magnetic Trip 

[A] 


Index 

➊ 200V 230V 460V 575V Catalog Number ➋ 


0.10...0.16 2.1 1 ~ ~ ~ ~ CK7-9C-10-✱-AS0.16A-A11 384 

0.16...0.25 3.3 2 ~ ~ ~ ~ CK7-9C-10-✱-AS0.25A-A11 384 

0.25...0.40 5.2 3 ~ ~ ~ ~ CK7-9C-10-✱-AS0.4A-A11 384 

0.40...0.63 8.2 4 ~ ~ ~ ~ CK7-9C-10-✱-AS0.63A-A11 404 

0.63...1 13 5 ~ ~ 1/2 3/4 CK7-9C-10-✱-AS1A-A11 404 

1...1.6 21 6 ~ ~ 1 1 CK7-9C-10-✱-AS1.6A-A11 404 

1.6...2.5 33 7 1/2 3/4 1-1/2 2 CK7-9C-10-✱-AS2.5A-A11 404 

2.5...4 52 8 1 1 3 3 CK7-9C-10-✱-AS4.0A-A11 404 

4...6.3 82 9 1-1/2 2 5 5 CK7-9C-10-✱-AS6.3A-A11 404 

6.3...10 130 10 3 3 7-1/2 10 CK7-12C-10-✱-AS10A-A11 431 

10...16 208 11 3 5 10 15 CK7-16C-10-✱-AS16A-A11 467 

14.5...20 260 14 5 7-1/2 15 15 CK7-23C-10-✱-AS20A-A11 483 

18.5...25 325 15 5 7-1/2 15 15 CK7-23C-10-✱-AS25A-A11 483 


1.6...2.5 33 16 1/2 3/4 1-1/2 2 CK7-9C-10-✱-AH2.5A-A11 436 

2.5...4 52 18 1 1 3 3 CK7-9C-10-✱-AH4.0A-A11 436 

4...6.3 82 20 1-1/2 2 5 5 CK7-9C-10-✱-AH6.3A-A11 436 

6.3...10 130 22 3 3 7-1/2 10 CK7-12C-10-✱-AH10A-A11 490 

10...16 208 24 3 5 10 15 CK7-16C-10-✱-AH16A-A11 505 

14.5...20 260 26 5 7-1/2 15 15 CK7-23C-10-✱-AH20A-A11 527 

18...25 325 28 5 7-1/2 15 15 CK7-23C-10-✱-AH25A-A11 527 


6.3…10 130 30 3 3 7-1/2 10 CK7-30C-11-✱-AH10A-A11 698 

10....16 208 31 3 5 10 15 CK7-30C-11-✱-AH16A-A11 698 

14.5...20 260 32 5 7-1/2 15 15 CK7-30C-11-✱-AH20A-A11 698 

18…25 325 33 5 7-1/2 15 15 CK7-30C-11-✱-AH25A-A11 698 

23…32 416 34 7-1/2 10 20 25 CK7-30C-11-✱-AH32A-A11 735 

32…45 585 35 10 10 25 30 CK7-37C-11-✱-AH45A-A11 772 

32…45 585 36 10 15 30 30 CK7-43C-11-✱-AH45A-A11 785 

CK7-9C...43C 

D.C. Coil Code 

12D 

24D 

48D 

110D 

220D 

Voltage 

12V 

24V 

48V 

110V 

220V 




Price 











The EcomboPlus starter is a factory 

assembly consisting of a KT7 

controller with 1 NO - 1 NC auxiliary 

and a CA7 contactor housed in a 

specially designed frame. All control 

wiring is pre-wired and brought out 

to a built-in terminal block, integral 

to the mounting frame. Terminal 

Adaptor (Cat.# KT7-25[45]-TE) is also 

included for Type E applications. 


➋ 1 NO + 1 NC auxiliary contact on the KT7 is standard. 2-NO auxiliary contacts 

on the CAU7 contactor and 2-NC auxiliary contacts on the CM7-02 interlock per 

reversing pair is standard. See Factory Options on page F49 for additional auxiliary 









F52 


Factory Options 

Series CK7 

CL4 and CL7 Modifications 

CK7 Modifications 


Modification 

Change Last 

Digit in Catalog 

Number to: ➊ 

CL4 and CL7 Additions 

Add desired suffix AFTER auxiliary contact option code. 

Price 

KT7 Auxiliary and Trip Contacts 

Auxiliary Contact 1 NO (CL4 only) A10 33 

Auxiliary Contact 1 NC A01 33 

Auxiliary Contact 1 NO + 1 NC A11 37 

Auxiliary Contact 2 NO A20 37 

1 NO Trip + 1 NC Auxiliary Contact T10A01 47 

1 NO Trip + 1 NO Auxiliary Contact T10A10 47 

Addition 

Add Suffix to 

Catalog Number: Price 

Accessories 

Electronic Interfaces (CA7) -JE 56 

Surge Suppressor RC (CA7) -R 32 

Surge Suppressor Varistor (CA7) -V 24 

Surge Suppressor Diode (CA7) -D 31 

Lockable Twist Knob (KT7) - Black -KN 16 

Lockable Twist Knob (KT7) - Red/Yellow -KRY 20 

Additional Contactor Auxiliaries (Side Mount) 

1 NC -S01 27 

1 NO -S10 27 

1 NO + 1 NC -S11 34 

2 NO -S20 34 

Additional Contactor Auxiliaries (Front Mount) 

1 NO + 1 NC -F11 34 

2 NO -F20 34 

2 NO + 2 NC -F22 34 

Additional KT7 Auxiliaries (Side Mount) 

2 NC -AS02 47 

2 NO -AS20 47 

1 NO + 1 NC -AS11 47 

Additional KT7 Trip Contacts (Side Mount) 

1 NO Thermal-Mag + 1 NO Mag Only -R00 56 

1 NO Thermal-Mag + 1 NC Mag Only -R01 56 

1 NC Thermal-Mag + 1 NO Mag Only -R10 56 

1 NC Thermal-Mag + 1 NC Mag Only -R11 56 

1 NO Mag Only + 1 NC Mag Only -M11 56 

➊ For CL4, change last digit “X” to one of the modifications listed. Example: Change 

CL4-9-10-✱-AS0.16A-X to CL4-9-10-✱-AS0.16A-A10. For CL7, change last digits 

“A10” to one of the modifications listed. Example: Change CL7-9-10- * -AS0.16A- 

A10 to CL7-9-10-✱-AS0.16A-A01. 

Modification 

Change Last Digits 

(A11) in Catalog 

Number to: ➊ 

CK7 Additions 

Add desired suffix AFTER auxiliary contact option code. 

Price 

CK7 Auxiliary and Trip Contacts 

Auxiliary Contact 2 NO A20 31 

1 NO Trip + 1 NC Auxiliary Contact T10A01 10 

1 NO Trip + 1 NO Auxiliary Contact T10A10 10 

Addition 

Add Suffix to 

Catalog Number: 

Price 

Accessories 

Electronic Interfaces (CA7) -JE 56 

Surge Suppressor RC (CA7) -R 32 

Surge Suppressor Varistor (CA7) -V 24 

Surge Suppressor Diode (CA7) -D 31 

Socket and Plug for Control Circuit -SP 27 

Lockable Twist Knob (KT7) - Black -KN 16 

Lockable Twist Knob (KT7) - Red/Yellow -KRY 20 

Additional Contactor Auxiliaries (Side Mount) 

1 NC -S01 27 

1 NO -S10 27 

1 NO + 1 NC -S11 34 

2 NO -S20 34 

Additional KT7 Auxiliaries (Side Mount) 

2 NC -AS02 47 

2 NO -AS20 47 

1 NO + 1 NC -AS11 47 

Additional KT7 Trip Contacts (Side Mount) 




1 NC Thermal-Mag + 1 NC Mag Only -R11 56 

1 NO Mag Only+ 1 NC Mag Only -M11 56 

F 



Ecom 


F53


Short Circuit Ratings 

KT7 Assembly – Application Rating Chart (Ratings are dependent on type of application) 

F 



Rating 

Index 

Assembly 

Assembly Components 


or 

Group Installation 

480Y / 227V 

Combination 

Motor Controller 

(Type F) 

600Y / 347V 

Self-Protected 

Combination Motor 

Controller (Type E) 

KT7 Contactor 480V KAIC 600V KAIC Type 1 KAIC Type 2 KAIC Type 1 KAIC Type 2 KAIC Type E KAIC Type E KAIC 

CL4 / CLU4 UL Assembly 

101 CL4 / CLU4 KTA7-25S-0.16A CA4-9 65 47 65 65 47 ~ ~ ~ 

102 CL4 / CLU4 KTA7-25S-0.25A CA4-9 65 47 65 65 47 ~ ~ ~ 

103 CL4 / CLU4 KTA7-25S-0.4A CA4-9 65 47 65 65 47 ~ ~ ~ 

104 CL4 / CLU4 KTA7-25S-0.63A CA4-9 65 47 65 65 47 ~ ~ ~ 

105 CL4 / CLU4 KTA7-25S-1.0A CA4-9 65 47 65 65 47 ~ ~ ~ 

106 CL4 / CLU4 KTA7-25S-1.6A CA4-9 65 47 65 65 47 ~ ~ ~ 

107 CL4 / CLU4 KTA7-25S-2.5A CA4-9 65 30 65 ~ 30 ~ ~ ~ 

108 CL4 / CLU4 KTA7-25S-4.0A CA4-9 65 30 65 ~ 30 ~ ~ ~ 

109 CL4 / CLU4 KTA7-25S-6.3A CA4-9 65 ~ 65 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 

110 CL4 / CLU4 KTA7-25S-10A CA4-9 65 ~ 65 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 

111 CL4 / CLU4 KTA7-25S-16A CA4-12 30 ~ 30 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 

CL7 / CLU7 UL Assembly 

51 CL7 / CLU7 KTA7-25S-0.16A CA7-9 65 47 65 65 47 47 65 47 

52 CL7 / CLU7 KTA7-25S-0.25A CA7-9 65 47 65 65 47 47 65 47 

53 CL7 / CLU7 KTA7-25S-0.4A CA7-9 65 47 65 65 47 47 65 47 

54 CL7 / CLU7 KTA7-25S-0.63A CA7-9 65 47 65 65 47 47 65 47 

55 CL7 / CLU7 KTA7-25S-1.0A CA7-9 65 47 65 65 47 47 65 47 

56 CL7 / CLU7 KTA7-25S-1.6A CA7-9 65 47 65 65 47 47 65 47 

57 CL7 / CLU7 KTA7-25S-2.5A CA7-9 65 30 65 65 30 10 65 ~ 

58 CL7 / CLU7 KTA7-25S-4.0A CA7-9 65 30 65 ~ 30 ~ ~ ~ 

59 CL7 / CLU7 KTA7-25S-6.3A CA7-9 65 30 65 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 

60 CL7 / CLU7 KTA7-25S-10A CA7-12 65 30 65 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 

61 CL7 / CLU7 KTA7-25S-16A CA7-16 30 30 30 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 

62 CL7 / CLU7 KTA7-25H-4.0A CA7-23 65 30 65 ~ 30 ~ 65 30 

63 CL7 / CLU7 KTA7-25H-16A CA7-23 30 30 65 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 

64 CL7 / CLU7 KTA7-25S-20A CA7-23 30 30 10 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 

65 CL7 / CLU7 KTA7-25S-25A CA7-23 30 30 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 

66 CL7 / CLU7 KTA7-25H-2.5A CA7-9 65 30 65 65 30 ~ 65 ~ 

67 CL7 / CLU7 KTA7-25H-2.5A CA7-23 65 30 65 65 30 30 65 30 

68 CL7 / CLU7 KTA7-25H-4.0A CA7-9 65 30 65 65 30 ~ ~ ~ 

69 CL7 / CLU7 KTA7-25H-4.0A CA7-23 65 30 65 65 30 30 65 30 

70 CL7 / CLU7 KTA7-25H-6.3A CA7-9 65 30 65 65 30 ~ ~ ~ 

71 CL7 KTA7-25H-6.3A CA7-30 65 30 65 65 30 30 65 30 

72 CL7 / CLU7 KTA7-25H-10A CA7-12 65 30 65 65 30 ~ ~ ~ 

73 CL7 KTA7-25H-10A CA7-30 65 30 65 65 30 30 65 30 

74 CL7 / CLU7 KTA7-25H-16A CA7-16 65 30 65 65 30 ~ ~ ~ 

75 CL7 KTA7-25H-16A CA7-30 65 30 65 65 30 30 65 30 

76 CL7 / CLU7 KTA7-25H-20A CA7-23 65 30 65 65 ~ ~ ~ ~ 

77 CL7 KTA7-25H-20A CA7-30 65 30 65 65 ~ ~ 65 ~ 

78 CL7 / CLU7 KTA7-25H-25A CA7-23 30 30 65 65 ~ ~ ~ ~ 

79 CL7 KTA7-25H-25A CA7-30 65 30 65 65 30 30 65 30 

80 CL7 KTA7-45H-10A CA7-30 65 30 65 65 30 30 65 30 

81 CL7 KTA7-45H-16A CA7-30 65 30 65 65 30 30 65 30 

82 CL7 KTA7-45H-20A CA7-30 65 30 65 65 30 30 65 30 

83 CL7 KTA7-45H-25A CA7-30 65 30 65 65 30 30 65 30 

84 CL7 KTA7-45H-45A CA7-37 65 18 65 65 ~ ~ 65 ~ 

85 CL7 KTA7-45H-45A CA7-45 65 18 65 65 ~ ~ 65 ~ 

480Y / 

277V 

600Y / 

347V 


Ecom 

Gray type indicates non-cataloged assembly. Contact your 

Sprecher+ Schuh representative for information. 

F54 



Short Circuit Ratings 


KT7 Assembly – Application Rating Chart (Ratings are dependent on type of application) 

Rating 

Index 

Assembly 

Assembly Components 

Gray type indicates non-cataloged assembly. Contact your 

Sprecher+ Schuh representative for information. 


or 

Group Installation 

480Y / 227V 

Combination 

Motor Controller 

(Type F) 

600Y / 347V 

Self-Protected 

Combination Motor 

Controller (Type E) 

KT7 Contactor 480V KAIC 600V KAIC Type 1 KAIC Type 2 KAIC Type 1 KAIC Type 2 KAIC Type E KAIC Type E KAIC 

CK7 / CKU7 UL Assembly 

1 CK7/CKU7 KTA7-25S-0.16A CA7-9 65 47 65 65 47 47 65 47 

2 CK7/CKU7 KTA7-25S-0.25A CA7-9 65 47 65 65 47 47 65 47 

3 CK7/CKU7 KTA7-25S-0.4A CA7-9 65 47 65 65 47 47 65 47 

4 CK7/CKU7 KTA7-25S-0.63A CA7-9 65 47 65 65 47 47 65 47 

5 CK7/CKU7 KTA7-25S-1.0A CA7-9 65 47 65 65 47 47 65 47 

6 CK7/CKU7 KTA7-25S-1.6A CA7-9 65 47 65 65 47 47 65 47 

7 CK7/CKU7 KTA7-25S-2.5A CA7-9 65 30 65 65 30 10 65 ~ 

8 CK7/CKU7 KTA7-25S-4.0A CA7-9 65 30 65 ~ 30 ~ ~ ~ 

9 CK7/CKU7 KTA7-25S-6.3A CA7-9 65 30 65 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 

10 CK7/CKU7 KTA7-25S-10A CA7-12 65 30 65 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 

11 CK7/CKU7 KTA7-25S-16A CA7-16 30 30 30 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 

12 CK7/CKU7 KTA7-25H-4.0A CA7-23 65 30 65 ~ 30 ~ 65 30 

13 CK7/CKU7 KTA7-25H-16A CA7-23 30 30 65 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 

14 CK7/CKU7 KTA7-25S-20A CA7-23 30 30 10 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 

15 CK7/CKU7 KTA7-25S-25A CA7-23 30 30 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 

16 CK7/CKU7 KTA7-25H-2.5A CA7-9 65 30 65 65 30 ~ 65 ~ 

17 CK7/CKU7 KTA7-25H-2.5A CA7-23 65 30 65 65 30 30 65 30 

18 CK7/CKU7 KTA7-25H-4.0A CA7-9 65 30 65 65 30 ~ ~ ~ 

19 CK7/CKU7 KTA7-25H-4.0A CA7-23 65 30 65 65 30 30 65 30 

20 CK7/CKU7 KTA7-25H-6.3A CA7-9 65 30 65 65 30 ~ ~ ~ 

21 CK7 KTA7-25H-6.3A CA7-30 65 30 65 65 30 30 65 30 

22 CK7/CKU7 KTA7-25H-10A CA7-12 65 30 65 65 30 ~ ~ ~ 

23 CK7 KTA7-25H-10A CA7-30 65 30 65 65 30 30 65 30 

24 CK7/CKU7 KTA7-25H-16A CA7-16 65 30 65 65 30 ~ ~ ~ 

25 CK7 KTA7-25H-16A CA7-30 65 30 65 65 30 30 65 30 

26 CK7/CKU7 KTA7-25H-20A CA7-23 65 30 65 65 ~ ~ ~ ~ 

27 CK7 KTA7-25H-20A CA7-30 65 30 65 65 ~ ~ 65 ~ 

28 CK7/CKU7 KTA7-25H-25A CA7-23 30 30 65 65 ~ ~ ~ ~ 

29 CK7 KTA7-25H-25A CA7-30 65 30 65 65 30 30 65 30 

30 CK7 KTA7-45H-10A CA7-30 65 30 65 65 30 30 65 30 

31 CK7 KTA7-45H-16A CA7-30 65 30 65 65 30 30 65 30 

32 CK7 KTA7-45H-20A CA7-30 65 30 65 65 30 30 65 30 

33 CK7 KTA7-45H-25A CA7-30 65 30 65 65 30 30 65 30 

34 CK7 KTA7-45H-32A CA7-30 65 30 65 65 30 30 65 30 

35 CK7 KTA7-45H-45A CA7-37 65 18 65 65 ~ ~ 65 ~ 

36 CK7 KTA7-45H-45A CA7-45 65 18 65 65 ~ ~ 65 ~ 

480Y / 

277V 

600Y / 

347V 

F 



Ecom 


F55

Wiring Diagrams 

Series CK7 

F 



EcomboPlus Combination Starters 

CK7-9...23 

CK7-30...43 


Ecom 

F56 


Dimensions 

Series CL(U)4 and CL(U)7 


Ecombo Combination Starters 

CL4 and CLU4 Ecombo Starters with KT7-25S 



CL7-9…23 and CLU7-9…23 Ecombo Starters with KT7-25S 



Catalog Number a a1 b b1 b2 c c1 

CL7-9...CL7-23 45 (1-25/32) 0 178 (7) 45 (1-25/32) ~ 83.5 (3-19/64) 70 (2-49/64) 

CL7-9...CL7-23 with -TE Terminal Adaptor 45 (1-25/32) 0 188 (7-13/32) 55 (2-5/32) ~ 83.5 (3-19/64) 70 (2-49/64) 

CLU7-9...CLU7-23 45 (1-25/32) 10 (25/64) 178 (7) 45 (1-25/32) ~ 83.5 (3-19/64) 70 (2-49/64) 

CLU7-9...CLU7-23 with -TE Terminal Adaptor 45 (1-25/32) 10 (25/64) 188 (7-13/32) 55 (2-5/32) ~ 83.5 (3-19/64) 70 (2-49/64) 

F 



Ecom 


F57

Dimensions 

CK(U)7-9…23 

F 




CK7-9…23 and CKU7-9…23 EcomboPlus Starters 




Ecom 

F58 


Mounting Position and Dimensions 

CK7-9…23 



• Dimensions are shown in millimeters. 


with "TE" Terminal Adaptor 

CK7-9…23 

F 



Ecom 


F59

Dimensions 

CK7-30 and CK7-37 

F 




CK7-30 and CK7-37 



A (mm) B (mm) 

CK7-30 

135 124 

CK7-37 


CK7-30C 

179 168 

CK7-37C 

C (mm) 

CA7-PV 154.5 

CZE7 173.5 

CV7 176.5 

CA7-PV 198.5 


Ecom 

F60 


Dimensions 

CK7-43 



CK7-43 



A (mm) B (mm) 

CK7-43 

135 118.5 


CK7-43C 179 162.5 

C (mm) 

CA7-PV 157 

CZE7 176 

CV7 179 

CA7-PV 201 

F 



Ecom 


F61

Mounting Position and Dimensions 

CK7-43 


F 


Controllers controller 



CK7-43 


Ecom 

F62 



Enclosed KTA7 Controllers 

Enclosed CX7 Starters 

F 

Circuit 

FMotor Controllers controller 

Encl. 

F63

Type E Self-Protected Manual Motor Controller 

Enclosed Series KTA7 

F 



Encl. 

Enclosed KTA7 - IP65 

Max. Horsepower ➊➋➌ 

Three Phase 

200V 230V 460V 575V 

Amp / Horsepower 

Rating 

O/L Relay 

Ampere 

Range 

Magnetic 

Response 

Current 

➊ Horsepower ratings shown in the table above are for reference. The final 

selection of the manual starter depends on the actual motor full load current 

and service factor. 



range. Example: Motor FLC = 4.2A; S.F. = 1.0. 4.2A x 0.9 = 3.78A. Select 

catalog number KTA7-25S-4.0A. 

Non-metallic (IP65) Enclosure 

Catalog Number ➍ 

Price 

KTA7-25S Standard Interrupting Capacity 

~ ~ ~ ~ 0.10…0.16 2.1 KTA7-25S-0.16A-CG 238 AY 

~ ~ ~ ~ 0.16…0.25 3.3 KTA7-25S-0.25A-CG 238 AY 

~ ~ ~ ~ 0.25…0.40 5.2 KTA7-25S-0.4A-CG 238 AY 

~ ~ ~ ~ 0.40…0.63 8.2 KTA7-25S-0.63A-CG 259 AY 

~ ~ 1/2 3/4 0.63…1.0 13 KTA7-25S-1A-CG 259 AY 

~ ~ 1 1 1.0…1.6 21 KTA7-25S-1.6A-CG 259 AY 

1/2 3/4 1-1/2 2 1.6…2.5 33 KTA7-25S-2.5A-CG 259 AY 

1 1 3 3 2.5…4 52 KTA7-25S-4A-CG 259 AY 

1-1/2 2 5 ~ 4…6.3 82 KTA7-25S-6.3A-CG 259 AY 

3 3 7-1/2 ~ 6.3…10 130 KTA7-25S-10A-CG 259 AY 

3 5 10 ~ 10…16 208 KTA7-25S-16A-CG 281 AY 

5 7-1/2 15 ~ 14.5…20 260 KTA7-25S-20A-CG 281 AY 

7-1/2 7-1/2 15 20 18…25 325 KTA7-25S-25A-CG ➏ 281 AY 

Modifications (Factory Assembled) 

Description 

KT7 Auxiliaries & Trip Contacts - Front Mount 

1 NO Auxiliary 

1 NC Auxiliary 

1 NO + 1 NC Auxiliary 

2 NO Auxiliaries 

1 NO Trip + 1 NC Auxiliary 

1 NO Trip + 1 NO Auxiliary 

KT7 Auxiliaries - Side Mount 

2 NC Auxiliaries 



Additional KT7 Trip Contacts - Side Mount 

1 NO Thermal-Mag + 1 NO Mag Only 

1 NO Thermal-Mag + 1 NC Mag Only 

1 NC Thermal-Mag + 1 NO Mag Only 

Accessories 

Undervoltage Release Module 

Shunt Release Module 

Select coil voltage 

from table at right 

Add Suffix to 


-A10 

-A01 

-A11 

-A20 

-T10A01 

-T10A10 

-AS02 

-AS20 

-AS11 

-R00 

-R01 

-R10 

-UA-✱ 

-AA-✱ 

Price 

Adder 

33 

33 

37 

37 

47 

47 

47 

47 

47 

56 

56 

56 

75 

75 

Dimension 

Code 

Coil Selection (✱) 

Coil Voltage Range 

Code 50 Hz 60 Hz 

24V 21V 24V 

28V 24V 28V 

120V 105V 120V 

127V 110V 127V 

230V 220...230V ~ 

240V ~ 240...260V 

277V 240V 277V 

460V 380...400V 400...460V 

480V 415V 480V 

Includes: 

• Non-metallic (IP65) enclosure with integrated 

IP65 operator – watertight, dusttight 

• KT7-25S (Standard Interrupting Capacity) 

“Type E” Self-protected Manual Controller 



• Gray and black IP65 handle ➍➎ 

Enclosure Only 

Description 

Catalog 

Number Price 

Gray/Black handle KT7-AYTG2 90 

Red/Yellow handle KT7-AYTJ2 90 

➋ Magnetic trip is fixed at 13x the maximum value of the current adjustment range. 

➌ KTA7 may be applied to single phase loads if 3 poles of device are wired in series. 

See footnote ➊ for device selection criteria. 

➍ A red and yellow handle may be selected instead of the standard gray and black 

handle. Change “CG” suffix to “CJ”. Ex: Change KTA7-25S-0.16-CG to 

KTA7-25S-0.16-CJ. 

➎ Handles are built-in to the enclosure and are not available as components. 

➏ KTA7-25S-25A is suitable for use as a manual motor starter only because the 

KTA7-25S-25A is not type E rated. Additional units on this page may be applicable 

as a manual motor starter only (i.e. @ 575V). 

➐ See F76 for dimensional information. 


F64 


Type E Self Protected Manual Motor Controller 



Enclosed KTA7 - Type 4 / 4X / 12 


Three Phase 

200V 230V 460V 575V 


Rating 

O/L Relay 

Ampere 

Range 

Magnetic 

Response 

Current 












handle. Change “WG” suffix to “WJ”. Ex: Change KTA7-25S-0.16-VG to 

KTA7-25S-0.16-VJ. 

➎ KTA7-25S-25A is suitable for use as a manual motor starter only because the 



➐ See F76 for dimensional information. 

Non-metallic, Type 4 / 4X / 12 Enclosure 


Price 


~ ~ ~ ~ 0.10…0.16 2.1 KTA7-25S-0.16A-VG 350 Q5 

~ ~ ~ ~ 0.16…0.25 3.3 KTA7-25S-0.25A-VG 350 Q5 

~ ~ ~ ~ 0.25…0.40 5.2 KTA7-25S-0.4A-VG 350 Q5 

~ ~ ~ ~ 0.40…0.63 8.2 KTA7-25S-0.63A-VG 365 Q5 

~ ~ 1/2 3/4 0.63…1.0 13 KTA7-25S-1A-VG 365 Q5 

~ ~ 1 1 1.0…1.6 21 KTA7-25S-1.6A-VG 365 Q5 

1/2 3/4 1-1/2 2 1.6…2.5 33 KTA7-25S-2.5A-VG 365 Q5 

1 1 3 3 2.5…4 52 KTA7-25S-4A-VG 365 Q5 

1-1/2 2 5 ~ 4…6.3 82 KTA7-25S-6.3A-VG 365 Q5 

3 3 7-1/2 ~ 6.3…10 130 KTA7-25S-10A-VG 365 Q5 

3 5 10 ~ 10…16 208 KTA7-25S-16A-VG 392 Q5 

5 7-1/2 15 ~ 14.5…20 260 KTA7-25S-20A-VG 392 Q5 

7-1/2 7-1/2 15 20 18…25 325 KTA7-25S-25A-VG ➎ 392 Q5 

KTA7-25H Standard Interrupting Capacity 

1/2 3/4 1-1/2 2 1.6…2.5 33 KTA7-25H-2.5A-VG 408 Q6 

1 1 3 3 2.5…4 52 KTA7-25H-4A-VG 408 Q6 

1-1/2 2 5 5 4…6.3 82 KTA7-25H-6.3A-VG 408 Q6 

3 3 7-1/2 10 6.3…10 130 KTA7-25H-10A-VG 435 Q6 

3 5 10 15 10…16 208 KTA7-25H-16A-VG 435 Q6 

5 7-1/2 15 ~ 14.5…20 260 KTA7-25H-20A-VG 435 Q6 

7-1/2 7-1/2 15 ~ 18…25 325 KTA7-25H-25A-VG 435 Q6 


3 3 7-1/2 10 6.3…10 130 KTA7-45H-10A-VG R/F Q7 

3 5 10 15 10…16 208 KTA7-45H-16A-VG R/F Q7 

5 7-1/2 15 20 14.5…20 260 KTA7-45H-20A-VG R/F Q7 

5 7-1/2 20 25 18…25 325 KTA7-45H-25A-VG R/F Q7 

10 10 25 30 23…32 416 KTA7-45H-32A-VG R/F Q7 

15 15 30 ~ 32…45 585 KTA7-45H-45A-VG R/F Q7 

Dimension 

Code 

Includes: 

• Type 4 / 4X / 12 enclosure – watertight, dusttight, 

corrosion resistant 

• KTA7 “Type E” Self-protected Manual 

Controller (Standard Interrupting Capacity) 


(Cat.# KT7-25[45]-TE) 

• Gray and black Type 4/4X/12; IP66 handle 

(Cat.# KT7-HTN) ➍ 


Description 

KT7 Auxiliaries & Trip 

Contacts - Front Mount 











Additional KT7 Trip Contacts, 

Side Mount 

1 NO Thermal-Mag+1 NO 

Mag 

1 NO Thermal-Mag+1 NC 

Mag 

1 NC Thermal-Mag+1 NO 

Mag 

Accessories 



Select coil voltage from table below 




24V 21V 24V 

28V 24V 28V 

120V 105V 120V 

127V 110V 127V 

230V 220...230V ~ 

240V ~ 240...260V 

277V 240V 277V 

460V 380...400V 400...460V 

480V 415V 480V 

Add Suffix 

to Cat. 

Number 

-A10 

-A01 

-A11 

-A20 

-T10A01 

-T10A10 

-AS02 

-AS20 

-AS11 

-R00 

-R01 

-R10 

-UA-✱ 


Price 

Adder 

33 

33 

37 

37 

47 

47 

47 

47 

47 

56 

56 

56 

75 

75 

F 



Encl. 


F65



F 



Encl. 

Enclosed KTA7 - Type 12 


Three Phase 

200V 230V 460V 575V 


Rating 

O/L Relay 

Ampere 

Range 

Magnetic 

Response 

Current 

Painted Steel, Type 12 Enclosure 


Price 


~ ~ ~ ~ 0.10…0.16 2.1 KTA7-25S-0.16A-DG 375 L 

~ ~ ~ ~ 0.16…0.25 3.3 KTA7-25S-0.25A-DG 375 L 

~ ~ ~ ~ 0.25…0.40 5.2 KTA7-25S-0.4A-DG 375 L 

~ ~ ~ ~ 0.40…0.63 8.2 KTA7-25S-0.63A-DG 395 L 

~ ~ 1/2 3/4 0.63…1.0 13 KTA7-25S-1A-DG 395 L 

~ ~ 1 1 1.0…1.6 21 KTA7-25S-1.6A-DG 395 L 

1/2 3/4 1-1/2 2 1.6…2.5 33 KTA7-25S-2.5A-DG 395 L 

1 1 3 3 2.5…4 52 KTA7-25S-4A-DG 395 L 

1-1/2 2 5 ~ 4…6.3 82 KTA7-25S-6.3A-DG 395 L 

3 3 7-1/2 ~ 6.3…10 130 KTA7-25S-10A-DG 395 L 

3 5 10 ~ 10…16 208 KTA7-25S-16A-DG 395 L 

5 7-1/2 15 ~ 14.5…20 260 KTA7-25S-20A-DG 417 L 

7-1/2 7-1/2 15 20 18…25 325 KTA7-25S-25A-DG ➎ 417 L 


1/2 3/4 1-1/2 2 1.6…2.5 33 KTA7-25H-2.5A-DG 433 L 

1 1 3 3 2.5…4 52 KTA7-25H-4A-DG 433 L 

1-1/2 2 5 5 4…6.3 82 KTA7-25H-6.3A-DG 433 L 

3 3 7-1/2 10 6.3…10 130 KTA7-25H-10A-DG 460 L 

3 5 10 15 10…16 208 KTA7-25H-16A-DG 460 L 

5 7-1/2 15 ~ 14.5…20 260 KTA7-25H-20A-DG 460 L 

7-1/2 7-1/2 15 ~ 18…25 325 KTA7-25H-25A-DG 460 L 












handle. Change “DG” suffix to “DJ”. Ex: Change KTA7-25S-0.16-DG to 

KTA7-25S-0.16-DJ. 




➏ See F76 for dimensional information. 

Dimension 

Code 

Includes: 

• Type 12 enclosure – dusttight 








Description 














Side Mount 


Mag 


Mag 


Mag 

Accessories 







24V 21V 24V 

28V 24V 28V 

120V 105V 120V 

127V 110V 127V 

230V 220...230V ~ 

240V ~ 240...260V 

277V 240V 277V 

460V 380...400V 400...460V 

480V 415V 480V 

Add Suffix 

to Cat. 

Number 

-A10 

-A01 

-A11 

-A20 

-T10A01 

-T10A10 

-AS02 

-AS20 

-AS11 

-R00 

-R01 

-R10 

-UA-✱ 


Price 

Adder 

33 

33 

37 

37 

47 

47 

47 

47 

47 

56 

56 

56 

75 

75 


F66 





Enclosed KTA7 - Type 4 / 12 


Three Phase 

200V 230V 460V 575V 


Rating 

O/L Relay 

Ampere 

Range 

Magnetic 

Response 

Current 












handle. Change “WG” suffix to “WJ”. Ex: Change KTA7-25S-0.16-WG to 

KTA7-25S-0.16-WJ. 





Painted Steel, Type 4 / 12 Enclosure 



~ ~ ~ ~ 0.10…0.16 2.1 KTA7-25S-0.16A-WG 417 W6 

~ ~ ~ ~ 0.16…0.25 3.3 KTA7-25S-0.25A-WG 417 W6 

~ ~ ~ ~ 0.25…0.40 5.2 KTA7-25S-0.4A-WG 417 W6 

~ ~ ~ ~ 0.40…0.63 8.2 KTA7-25S-0.63A-WG 437 W6 

~ ~ 1/2 3/4 0.63…1.0 13 KTA7-25S-1A-WG 437 W6 

~ ~ 1 1 1.0…1.6 21 KTA7-25S-1.6A-WG 437 W6 

1/2 3/4 1-1/2 2 1.6…2.5 33 KTA7-25S-2.5A-WG 437 W6 

1 1 3 3 2.5…4 52 KTA7-25S-4A-WG 437 W6 

1-1/2 2 5 ~ 4…6.3 82 KTA7-25S-6.3A-WG 437 W6 

3 3 7-1/2 ~ 6.3…10 130 KTA7-25S-10A-WG 437 W6 

3 5 10 ~ 10…16 208 KTA7-25S-16A-WG 459 W6 

5 7-1/2 15 ~ 14.5…20 260 KTA7-25S-20A-WG 459 W6 

7-1/2 7-1/2 15 20 18…25 325 KTA7-25S-25A-WG ➎ 459 W6 


1/2 3/4 1-1/2 2 1.6…2.5 33 KTA7-25H-2.5A-WG 475 W6 

1 1 3 3 2.5…4 52 KTA7-25H-4A-WG 475 W6 

1-1/2 2 5 5 4…6.3 82 KTA7-25H-6.3A-WG 475 W6 

3 3 7-1/2 10 6.3…10 130 KTA7-25H-10A-WG 502 W6 

3 5 10 15 10…16 208 KTA7-25H-16A-WG 502 W6 

5 7-1/2 15 ~ 14.5…20 260 KTA7-25H-20A-WG 502 W6 

7-1/2 7-1/2 15 ~ 18…25 325 KTA7-25H-25A-WG 502 W6 


3 3 7-1/2 10 6.3…10 130 KTA7-45H-10A-WG 671 R/F 

3 5 10 15 10…16 208 KTA7-45H-16A-WG 671 R/F 

5 7-1/2 15 20 14.5…20 260 KTA7-45H-20A-WG 671 R/F 

5 7-1/2 20 25 18…25 325 KTA7-45H-25A-WG 671 R/F 

10 10 25 30 23…32 416 KTA7-45H-32A-WG 709 R/F 

15 15 30 ~ 32…45 585 KTA7-45H-45A-WG 709 R/F 

Price 

Dimension 

Code 

Includes: 

• Type 4 / 12 enclosure – watertight, dusttight 








Description 














Side Mount 


Mag 


Mag 


Mag 

Accessories 







24V 21V 24V 

28V 24V 28V 

120V 105V 120V 

127V 110V 127V 

230V 220...230V ~ 

240V ~ 240...260V 

277V 240V 277V 

460V 380...400V 400...460V 

480V 415V 480V 

Add Suffix 

to Cat. 

Number 

-A10 

-A01 

-A11 

-A20 

-T10A01 

-T10A10 

-AS02 

-AS20 

-AS11 

-R00 

-R01 

-R10 

-UA-✱ 


Price 

Adder 

33 

33 

37 

37 

47 

47 

47 

47 

47 

56 

56 

56 

75 

75 

F 



Encl. 


F67

Non-Reversing Combination Controller, AC 

Enclosed Series CX7 

F 



Encl. 

Enclosed Non-Reversing Combination Controller, AC Operation - Type 4 / 12 


Three Phase 

200V 230V 460V 575V 


Rating 

O/L Relay 

Ampere 

Range 

Magnetic 

Response 

Current 




~ ~ ~ ~ 0.10…0.16 2.1 CX7-9-10-✱-AS0.16A-A10-WG 548 W6 

~ ~ ~ ~ 0.16…0.25 3.3 CX7-9-10-✱-AS0.25A-A10-WG 548 W6 

~ ~ ~ ~ 0.25…0.40 5.2 CX7-9-10-✱-AS0.4A-A10-WG 569 W6 

~ ~ ~ ~ 0.40…0.63 8.2 CX7-9-10-✱-AS0.63A-A10-WG 569 W6 

~ ~ 1/2 3/4 0.63…1.0 13 CX7-9-10-✱-AS1A-A10-WG 569 W6 

~ ~ 1 1 1.0…1.6 21 CX7-9-10-✱-AS1.6A-A10-WG 569 W6 

1/2 3/4 1-1/2 2 1.6…2.5 33 CX7-9-10-✱-AS2.5A-A10-WG 569 W6 

1 1 3 3 2.5…4 52 CX7-9-10-✱-AS4A-A10-WG 569 W6 

1-1/2 2 5 ~ 4…6.3 82 CX7-9-10-✱-AS6.3A-A10-WG 569 W6 

3 3 7-1/2 ~ 6.3…10 130 CX7-12-10-✱-AS10A-A10-WG 590 W6 

3 5 10 ~ 10…16 208 CX7-16-10-✱-AS16A-A10-WG 623 W6 

5 7-1/2 15 ~ 14.5…20 260 CX7-23-10-✱-AS20A-A10-WG 636 W6 


1/2 3/4 1-1/2 2 1.6…2.5 33 CX7-9-10-✱-AH2.5A-A10-WG 606 W6 

1 1 3 3 2.5…4 52 CX7-9-10-✱-AH4A-A10-WG 606 W6 

1-1/2 2 5 5 4…6.3 82 CX7-9-10-✱-AH6.3A-A10-WG 606 W6 

3 3 7-1/2 10 6.3…10 130 CX7-12-10-✱-AH10A-A10-WG 654 W6 

3 5 10 15 10…16 208 CX7-16-10-✱-AH16A-A10-WG 666 W6 

5 7-1/2 15 ~ 14.5…20 260 CX7-23-10-✱-AH20A-A10-WG 679 W6 

5 7-1/2 15 ~ 18…25 325 CX7-23-10-✱-AH25A-A10-WG 679 W6 


3 3 7-1/2 10 6.3…10 130 CX7-30-10-✱-AH10A-A10-WG 831 W7 

3 5 10 15 10…16 208 CX7-30-10-✱-AH16A-A10-WG 831 W7 

5 7-1/2 15 15 14.5…20 260 CX7-30-10-✱-AH20A-A10-WG 831 W7 

5 7-1/2 15 15 18…25 325 CX7-30-10-✱-AH25A-A10-WG 831 W7 

7-1/2 10 20 25 23…32 416 CX7-30-10-✱-AH32A-A10-WG 850 W7 

10 10 25 30 32…45 585 CX7-37-10-✱-AH45A-A10-WG 894 W7 

10 15 30 ~ 32…45 585 CX7-43-10-✱-AH45A-A10-WG 908 W7 




Select modifications if required 

See Coil Code tables on 

this page for codes 

Price 

Dimension 

Code 

Includes: 

• Type 12 / 4 enclosure - watertight, dustight 

• KTA7 “Type E” Self-protected Motor 

Controller with 1 NO front mount Auxiliary 

Contact (Cat #: KT7-PE1-10) 



• CA7 contactor (for remote operation), AC coil 

• Power wiring 



• Pilot device shown is factory installed option 

See page 72 for factory installed modifications 

Coil Codes (✱) ➎ 

A.C. 

Coil Code 

Voltage Range 

50 Hz 60 Hz 

24Z 24V 24V 

120 110V 120V 

208 ~ 208V 

220W ~ 208V-240V 

240 220V 240V 

277 240V 277V 

380 380...400V 440V 

480 440V 480V 

600 550V 600V 

➊ Horsepower ratings shown in the table above are 

for reference. The final selection of the manual 

starter depends on the actual motor full load current 


• For motor with service factor less than 1.15. Use 

motor nameplate full load current times 0.9 and 

choose the motor starter with the appropriate 

current range. Example: Motor FLC = 4.2A; S.F. = 

1.0. 4.2A x 0.9 = 3.78A. Select catalog number 

KTA7-25S-4.0A. 


➌ CX7 may be applied to single phase loads. See footnote 1 for device selection criteria. 

To order single phase unit, change “CX7” in catalog number to “CBX7”. Three 

pole series connection will be provided. Ex: Change CX7-9-10-✱-0.16A-A10-WG 

to CBX7-9-10-✱-0.16A-A10-WJ. 


handle. Change “WG” suffix to “WJ”. Ex: Change CX7-9-10-✱-0.16A-A10-WG to 

CX7-9-10-✱-0.16A-A10-WJ. 

➎ Other voltages available, see Section A in this catalog. Non-standard coil voltages 




F68 


Reversing Combination Controller, AC 

Enclosed Series CXU7 


Enclosed Reversing Combination Controller, AC Operation - Type 4 / 12 


Three Phase 


Rating 

200V 230V 460V 575V 

O/L Relay 

Ampere 

Range 

Magnetic 

Response 

Current 




~ ~ ~ ~ 0.10…0.16 2.1 CXU7-9-22-✱-AS0.16A-A10-WG 600 W6 

~ ~ ~ ~ 0.16…0.25 3.3 CXU7-9-22-✱-AS0.25A-A10-WG 600 W6 

~ ~ ~ ~ 0.25…0.40 5.2 CXU7-9-22-✱-AS0.4A-A10-WG 600 W6 

~ ~ ~ ~ 0.40…0.63 8.2 CXU7-9-22-✱-AS0.63A-A10-WG 620 W6 

~ ~ 1/2 3/4 0.63…1.0 13 CXU7-9-22-✱-AS1A-A10-WG 620 W6 

~ ~ 1 1 1.0…1.6 21 CXU7-9-22-✱-AS1.6A-A10-WG 620 W6 

1/2 3/4 1-1/2 2 1.6…2.5 33 CXU7-9-22-✱-AS2.5A-A10-WG 620 W6 

1 1 3 3 2.5…4 52 CXU7-9-22-✱-AS4A-A10-WG 620 W6 

1-1/2 2 5 ~ 4…6.3 82 CXU7-9-22-✱-AS6.3A-A10-WG 620 W6 

3 3 7-1/2 ~ 6.3…10 130 CXU7-12-22-✱-AS10A-A10-WG 646 W6 

3 5 10 ~ 10…16 208 CXU7-16-22-✱-AS16A-A10-WG 683 W6 

5 7-1/2 15 ~ 14.5…20 260 CXU7-23-22-✱-AS20A-A10-WG 698 W6 


1/2 3/4 1-1/2 2 1.6…2.5 33 CXU7-9-22-✱-AH2.5A-A10-WG 657 W6 

1 1 3 3 2.5…4 52 CXU7-9-22-✱-AH4A-A10-WG 657 W6 

1-1/2 2 5 5 4…6.3 82 CXU7-9-22-✱-AH6.3A-A10-WG 657 W6 

3 3 7-1/2 10 6.3…10 130 CXU7-12-22-✱-AH10A-A10-WG 711 W6 

3 5 10 15 10…16 208 CXU7-16-22-✱-AH16A-A10-WG 726 W6 

5 7-1/2 15 ~ 14.5…20 260 CXU7-23-22-✱-AH20A-A10-WG 741 W6 

7-1/2 7-1/2 15 ~ 18…25 325 CXU7-23-22-✱-AH25A-A10-WG 741 W6 


3 3 7-1/2 10 6.3…10 130 CXU7-30-22-✱-AH10A-A10-WG 869 W7 

3 5 10 15 10…16 208 CXU7-30-22-✱-AH16A-A10-WG 869 W7 

5 7-1/2 15 20 14.5…20 260 CXU7-30-22-✱-AH20A-A10-WG 869 W7 

5 7-1/2 20 25 18…25 325 CXU7-30-22-✱-AH25A-A10-WG 869 W7 

7-1/2 10 20 25 23…32 416 CXU7-30-22-✱-AH32A-A10-WG 900 W7 

10 10 25 30 32…45 585 CXU7-37-22-✱-AH45A-A10-WG 943 W7 

10 15 30 ~ 32…45 585 CXU7-43-22-✱-AH45A-A10-WG 979 W7 







Price 

Dimension 

Code 

Includes: 


• KT7 “Type E” Motor Controller with 1 NO 

front mount Auxiliary Contact 

(Cat #: KT7-PE1-10) 



• CA7 contactors (for remote operation), 

AC coil 




• Control power transformer, pilot device, 

terminals and other equipment shown are 

factory installed options 



A.C. 

Coil Code 

Voltage Range 

50 Hz 60 Hz 

24Z 24V 24V 

120 110V 120V 

208 ~ 208V 

220W ~ 208V-240V 

240 220V 240V 

277 240V 277V 

380 380...400V 440V 

480 440V 480V 

600 550V 600V 










KTA7-25S-4.0A. 


➌ CXU7 may be applied to single phase loads. Contact factory for these applications. 


handle. Change “WG” suffix to “WJ”. Ex: Change CXU7-9-10-✱-0.16A-A10-WG to 

CXU7-9-10-✱-0.16A-A10-WJ. 




F 



Encl. 


F69

Non-Reversing Combination Controller, DC 

Enclosed Series CX7 

F 



Encl. 

Enclosed Non-Reversing Combination Controller, True DC Coil - Type 4 / 12 


Three Phase 


Rating 

200V 230V 460V 575V 

O/L Relay 

Ampere 

Range 

Magnetic 

Response 

Current 




~ ~ ~ ~ 0.10…0.16 2.1 CX7-9C-10-✱-AS0.16A-A10-WG 685 W6 

~ ~ ~ ~ 0.16…0.25 3.3 CX7-9C-10-✱-AS0.25A-A10-WG 685 W6 

~ ~ ~ ~ 0.25…0.40 5.2 CX7-9C-10-✱-AS0.4A-A10-WG 685 W6 

~ ~ ~ ~ 0.40…0.63 8.2 CX7-9C-10-✱-AS0.63A-A10-WG 705 W6 

~ ~ 1/2 3/4 0.63…1.0 13 CX7-9C-10-✱-AS1A-A10-WG 705 W6 

~ ~ 1 1 1.0…1.6 21 CX7-9C-10-✱-AS1.6A-A10-WG 705 W6 

1/2 3/4 1-1/2 2 1.6…2.5 33 CX7-9C-10-✱-AS2.5A-A10-WG 705 W6 

1 1 3 3 2.5…4 52 CX7-9C-10-✱-AS4A-A10-WG 705 W6 

1-1/2 2 5 ~ 4…6.3 82 CX7-9C-10-✱-AS6.3A-A10-WG 705 W6 

3 3 7-1/2 ~ 6.3…10 130 CX7-12C-10-✱-AS10A-A10-WG 746 W6 

3 5 10 ~ 10…16 208 CX7-16C-10-✱-AS16A-A10-WG 792 W6 

5 7-1/2 15 ~ 14.5…20 260 CX7-23C-10-✱-AS20A-A10-WG 818 W6 


1/2 3/4 1-1/2 2 1.6…2.5 33 CX7-9C-10-✱-AH2.5A-A10-WG 742 W6 

1 1 3 3 2.5…4 52 CX7-9C-10-✱-AH4A-A10-WG 742 W6 

1-1/2 2 5 5 4…6.3 82 CX7-9C-10-✱-AH6.3A-A10-WG 742 W6 

3 3 7-1/2 10 6.3…10 130 CX7-12C-10-✱-AH10A-A10-WG 811 W6 

3 5 10 15 10…16 208 CX7-16C-10-✱-AH16A-A10-WG 835 W6 

5 7-1/2 15 ~ 14.5…20 260 CX7-23C-10-✱-AH20A-A10-WG 861 W6 

7-1/2 7-1/2 15 ~ 18…25 325 CX7-23C-10-✱-AH25A-A10-WG 861 W6 


3 3 7-1/2 10 6.3…10 130 CX7-30C-10-✱-AH10A-A10-WG 1039 W7 

3 5 10 15 10…16 208 CX7-30C-10-✱-AH16A-A10-WG 1039 W7 

5 7-1/2 15 20 14.5…20 260 CX7-30C-10-✱-AH20A-A10-WG 1039 W7 

5 7-1/2 20 25 18…25 325 CX7-30C-10-✱-AH25A-A10-WG 1039 W7 

7-1/2 10 20 25 23…32 416 CX7-30C-10-✱-AH32A-A10-WG 1000 W7 

10 10 25 30 32…45 585 CX7-37C-10-✱-AH45A-A10-WG 1131 W7 

10 15 30 ~ 32…45 585 CX7-43C-10-✱-AH45A-A10-WG 1172 W7 







Price 

Dimension 

Code 

Includes: 







• CA7 contactor (for remote operation), 

true DC coil 




• Pilot device shown is factory installed option 



D.C. 

Coil Code 

12D 

24D 

48D 

110D 

220D 

Voltage 

12V 

24V 

48V 

110V 

220V 










KTA7-25S-4.0A. 





to CBX7-9-10-✱-0.16A-A10-WJ. 


handle. Change “WG” suffix to “WJ”. Ex: Change CX7-9-10-✱-0.16A-A10-WG to 

CX7-9-10-✱-0.16A-A10-WJ. 





F70 


Reversing Combination Controller, DC 

Enclosed Series CXU7 


Enclosed Reversing Combination Controller, True DC Coil - Type 4 / 12 


Three Phase 


Rating 

200V 230V 460V 575V 

O/L Relay 

Ampere 

Range 

Magnetic 

Response 

Current 




~ ~ ~ ~ 0.10…0.16 2.1 CXU7-9C-22-✱-AS0.16A-A10-WG 752 W6 

~ ~ ~ ~ 0.16…0.25 3.3 CXU7-9C-22-✱-AS0.25A-A10-WG 752 W6 

~ ~ ~ ~ 0.25…0.40 5.2 CXU7-9C-22-✱-AS0.4A-A10-WG 752 W6 

~ ~ ~ ~ 0.40…0.63 8.2 CXU7-9C-22-✱-AS0.63A-A10-WG 772 W6 

~ ~ 1/2 3/4 0.63…1.0 13 CXU7-9C-22-✱-AS1A-A10-WG 772 W6 

~ ~ 1 1 1.0…1.6 21 CXU7-9C-22-✱-AS1.6A-A10-WG 772 W6 

1/2 3/4 1-1/2 2 1.6…2.5 33 CXU7-9C-22-✱-AS2.5A-A10-WG 772 W6 

1 1 3 3 2.5…4 52 CXU7-9C-22-✱-AS4A-A10-WG 772 W6 

1-1/2 2 5 ~ 4…6.3 82 CXU7-9C-22-✱-AS6.3A-A10-WG 772 W6 

3 3 7-1/2 ~ 6.3…10 130 CXU7-12C-22-✱-AS10A-A10-WG 826 W6 

3 5 10 ~ 10…16 208 CXU7-16C-22-✱-AS16A-A10-WG 878 W6 

5 7-1/2 15 ~ 14.5…20 260 CXU7-23C-22-✱-AS20A-A10-WG 910 W6 


1/2 3/4 1-1/2 2 1.6…2.5 33 CXU7-9C-22-✱-AH2.5A-A10-WG 810 W6 

1 1 3 3 2.5…4 52 CXU7-9C-22-✱-AH4A-A10-WG 810 W6 

1-1/2 2 5 5 4…6.3 82 CXU7-9C-22-✱-AH6.3A-A10-WG 810 W6 

3 3 7-1/2 10 6.3…10 130 CXU7-12C-22-✱-AH10A-A10-WG 891 W6 

3 5 10 15 10…16 208 CXU7-16C-22-✱-AH16A-A10-WG 921 W6 

5 7-1/2 15 ~ 14.5…20 260 CXU7-23C-22-✱-AH20A-A10-WG 953 W6 

7-1/2 7-1/2 15 ~ 18…25 325 CXU7-23C-22-✱-AH25A-A10-WG 953 W6 


3 3 7-1/2 10 6.3…10 130 CXU7-30C-22-✱-AH10A-A10-WG 1118 W7 

3 5 10 15 10…16 208 CXU7-30C-22-✱-AH16A-A10-WG 1118 W7 

5 7-1/2 15 20 14.5…20 260 CXU7-30C-22-✱-AH20A-A10-WG 1118 W7 

5 7-1/2 20 25 18…25 325 CXU7-30C-22-✱-AH25A-A10-WG 1118 W7 

7-1/2 10 20 25 23…32 416 CXU7-30C-22-✱-AH32A-A10-WG 1200 W7 

10 10 25 30 32…45 585 CXU7-37C-22-✱-AH45A-A10-WG 1275 W7 

10 15 30 ~ 32…45 585 CXU7-43C-22-✱-AH45A-A10-WG 1319 W7 







Price 

Dimension 

Code 

Includes: 







• CA7 contactors (for remote operation), 

true DC coil 




• Control power transformer, pilot device, 

terminals and other equipment shown are 

factory installed options 



D.C. 

Coil Code 

12D 

24D 

48D 

110D 

220D 

Voltage 

12V 

24V 

48V 

110V 

220V 










KTA7-25S-4.0A. 


➌ CXU7 may be applied to single phase loads. Contact factory for these applications. 


handle. Change “WG” suffix to “WJ”. Ex: Change CXU7-9-10-✱-0.16A-A10-WG to 

CXU7-9-10-✱-0.16A-A10-WJ. 




F 



Encl. 


F71

Enclosed Combination Controller 

Modifications 

F 



Non-Reversing and Reversing Combination Controller Modifications (Factory Assembled) 

Description 

Pilot Devices ➊ 

Add Suffix to 


Price 

Adder 

START-STOP multi-function pushbutton -3U 115 

ON-OFF multi-function pushbutton -4U 115 

FOR-STOP-REV multi-function pushbutton -3U 210 

UP-STOP-DOWN multi-function pushbutton -4U 210 

OPEN-STOP-CLOSE multi-function pushbutton -5U 210 

HAND-AUTO selector switch -5 115 

OFF-ON selector switch -6 115 

HAND-OFF-AUTO selector switch -7 115 

FOR-OFF-REV selector switch -6 115 

UP-OFF-DOWN selector switch -7 115 

OPEN-OFF-CLOSE selector switch -8 115 

Pilot light only -1 80 

Pilot lights only (2) -2 155 

Pilot light w/ START-STOP multi-function pushbutton -13U 195 

Pilot light w/ ON-OFF multi-function pushbutton -14U 195 

Pilot light w/ HAND-AUTO selector switch -15 195 

Pilot light w/ OFF-ON selector switch -16 195 

Pilot light w/ HAND-OFF-AUTO selector switch -17 195 

Control Power Transformer (with fused secondary) 

Primary volts Secondary volts 

50 watt 

Standard 

Capacity 

208 120 -XA 140 

240 120 -XB 140 

480 120 -XC 140 

575 120 -XD 140 

380 110 -XG 140 

240 24 -XE 140 

480 24 -XF 140 


1 NO Auxiliary -A10 33 

1 NC Auxiliary -A01 33 

1 NO + 1 NC Auxiliary -A11 37 

2 NO Auxiliaries -A20 37 

1 NO Trip + 1 NC Auxiliary -T10A01 47 

1 NO Trip + 1 NO Auxiliary -T10A10 47 


2 NC Auxiliaries -AS02 47 

2 NO Auxiliaries -AS20 47 

1 NO + 1 NC Auxiliary -AS11 47 

Additional KT7 Trip Contacts - Side Mount 




KT7 Accessories 


Select coil voltage 

from table at right -UA-✱ 75 

Description 

Add Suffix to 


Price 

Adder 

Shunt Release Module -AA-✱ 75 

CA7 Auxiliary Contacts 

1 NO Auxiliary -S10 27 

1 NC Auxiliary -S01 27 

1 NO + 1 NC Auxiliary -S11 34 

2 NO Auxiliaries -S20 34 

2 NC Auxiliaries -S02 34 










Alternate Aux. Contact Arrangement (CA7 only) 

1 NC in lieu of standard 1 NO -SX10 10 

2 NC in lieu of standard 2 NO (on CXU7 only) -SX2 10 

CA7 Contactor Accessories 

Electronic Interface -JE 56 

Surge Suppressor RC -C 32 

Surge Suppressor Varistor -V 24 

Surge Suppressor Diode -D 31 

Unwired Terminal Blocks Specify quantity (▼) -▼TB 13 




24V 21V 24V 

28V 24V 28V 

120V 105V 120V 

127V 110V 127V 

230V 220...230V ~ 

240V ~ 240...260V 

277V 240V 277V 

460V 380...400V 400...460V 

480V 415V 480V 


Encl. 

➊ Multi-function pushbuttons with protective boots are supplied as standard (all 

suffix’s ending in “U”). See Section H in this catalog for description. 

F72 


Manual Motor Controller 

Explosion-Proof Series KTA7 


KTA7 Explosion Proof Motor Controllers - Type 7 / 9 


Three Phase 

200V 230V 460V 575V 


Rating 

O/L Relay 

Ampere 

Range 


Magnetic 

Response 

Current 











➍ KTA7-25S-25A is suitable for use as a manual motor starter only because the 



➎ See F76 for dimensional information. 

Explosion Proof - Type 7 / 9 Enclosure 


Price 


~ ~ ~ ~ 0.10…0.16 2.1 KTA7-25S-0.16A-EX 508 EX 

~ ~ ~ ~ 0.16…0.25 3.3 KTA7-25S-0.25A-EX 508 EX 

~ ~ ~ ~ 0.25…0.40 5.2 KTA7-25S-0.4A-EX 508 EX 

~ ~ ~ ~ 0.40…0.63 8.2 KTA7-25S-0.63A-EX 529 EX 

~ ~ 1/2 3/4 0.63…1.0 13 KTA7-25S-1A-EX 529 EX 

~ ~ 1 1 1.0…1.6 21 KTA7-25S-1.6A-EX 529 EX 

1/2 3/4 1-1/2 2 1.6…2.5 33 KTA7-25S-2.5A-EX 529 EX 

1 1 3 3 2.5…4 52 KTA7-25S-4A-EX 529 EX 

1-1/2 2 5 ~ 4…6.3 82 KTA7-25S-6.3A-EX 529 EX 

3 3 7-1/2 ~ 6.3…10 130 KTA7-25S-10A-EX 529 EX 

3 5 10 ~ 10…16 208 KTA7-25S-16A-EX 551 EX 

5 7-1/2 15 ~ 14.5…20 260 KTA7-25S-20A-EX 551 EX 

7-1/2 7-1/2 15 20 18…25 325 KTA7-25S-25-EX ➍ 551 EX 

Description 








Add Suffix to 


-A10 

-A01 

-A11 

-A20 

-T10A01 

-T10A10 

Price 

Adder 

33 

33 

37 

37 

47 

47 

Enclosure Modifications 

Breather/Drain -BD 65 

Dimension 

Code 

Includes: 

• Class I, Group C & D – 

Class II, Group E, F & G enclosure 

• KT7 “Type E” Self-protected Manual Motor 

Controller (Standard interrupting capacity) 



F 



Encl. 


F73

Self-protected Manual Motor Controller 

Explosion-Proof Series KTA7 

F 



Encl. 

KTA7 Explosion Proof Motor Controllers – Type 7 / 9 with Type 4 Gaskets 


Three Phase 


Rating 

200V 230V 460V 575V 

O/L Relay 

Ampere 

Range 

Magnetic 

Response 

Current 











➍ See F76 for dimensional information. 


(with Type 4 Gaskets) 



~ ~ ~ ~ 0.10…0.16 2.1 KTA7-25S-0.16A-EY 733 EY 

~ ~ ~ ~ 0.16…0.25 3.3 KTA7-25S-0.25A-EY 733 EY 

~ ~ ~ ~ 0.25…0.40 5.2 KTA7-25S-0.4A-EY 733 EY 

~ ~ ~ ~ 0.40…0.63 8.2 KTA7-25S-0.63A-EY 754 EY 

~ ~ 1/2 3/4 0.63…1.0 13 KTA7-25S-1A-EY 754 EY 

~ ~ 1 1 1.0…1.6 21 KTA7-25S-1.6A-EY 754 EY 

1/2 3/4 1-1/2 2 1.6…2.5 33 KTA7-25S-2.5A-EY 754 EY 

1 1 3 3 2.5…4 52 KTA7-25S-4A-EY 754 EY 

1-1/2 2 5 ~ 4…6.3 82 KTA7-25S-6.3A-EY 754 EY 

3 3 7-1/2 ~ 6.3…10 130 KTA7-25S-10A-EY 754 EY 

3 5 10 ~ 10…16 208 KTA7-25S-16A-EY 776 EY 

5 7-1/2 15 ~ 14.5…20 260 KTA7-25S-20A-EY 776 EY 


1/2 3/4 1-1/2 2 1.6…2.5 33 KTA7-25H-2.5A-EY 793 EY 

1 1 3 3 2.5…4 52 KTA7-25H-4A-EY 793 EY 

1-1/2 2 5 5 4…6.3 82 KTA7-25H-6.3A-EY 793 EY 

3 3 7-1/2 10 6.3…10 130 KTA7-25H-10A-EY 820 EY 

3 5 10 15 10…16 208 KTA7-25H-16A-EY 820 EY 

5 7-1/2 15 ~ 14.5…20 260 KTA7-25H-20A-EY 820 EY 

7-1/2 7-1/2 15 ~ 18…25 325 KTA7-25H-25A-EY 820 EY 


3 3 7-1/2 10 6.3…10 130 KTA7-45H-10A-EZ 1159 EZ 

3 5 10 15 10…16 208 KTA7-45H-16A-EZ 1159 EZ 

5 7-1/2 15 20 14.5…20 260 KTA7-45H-20A-EZ 1159 EZ 

5 7-1/2 20 25 18…25 325 KTA7-45H-25A-EZ 1159 EZ 

10 10 25 30 23…32 416 KTA7-45H-32A-EZ 1197 EZ 

15 15 30 ~ 32…45 585 KTA7-45H-45A-EZ 1197 EZ 

Price 

Dimension 

Code 

Includes: 

• Class I, Group B, C & D – 



Controller (Standard interrupting capacity) 




Description 
















24V 21V 24V 

28V 24V 28V 

120V 105V 120V 

127V 110V 127V 

230V 220...230V ~ 

240V ~ 240...260V 

277V 240V 277V 

460V 380...400V 400...460V 

480V 415V 480V 

Add Suffix to 

Cat. Number 

-A10 

-A01 

-A11 

-A20 

-T10A01 

-T10A10 

-AS02 

-AS20 

-AS11 


Side Mount 

1 NO Thermal-Mag+1 NO Mag -R00 

1 NO Thermal-Mag+1 NC Mag -R01 

1 NC Thermal-Mag+1 NO Mag -R10 

Accessories 




-UA-✱ 


Price 

Adder 

33 

33 

37 

37 

47 

47 

47 

47 

47 

56 

56 

56 

75 

75 


Breather/Drain -BD 65 


F74 


Combination Controller 

Explosion-Proof Series CX7 


CX7 Explosion Proof Combination Controllers - Type 7 / 9 


Three Phase 


Rating 

200V 230V 460V 575V 

O/L Relay 

Ampere 

Range 

Magnetic 

Response 

Current 












to CBX7-9-10-✱-0.16A-A10-WJ. 

➍ See F76 for dimensional information. 


(with Type 4 Gaskets) 



~ ~ ~ ~ 0.10…0.16 2.1 CX7-9-10-✱-AS0.16A-A10-EZ 1071 EZ 

~ ~ ~ ~ 0.16…0.25 3.3 CX7-9-10-✱-AS0.25A-A10-EZ 1071 EZ 

~ ~ ~ ~ 0.25…0.40 5.2 CX7-9-10-✱-AS0.4A-A10-EZ 1071 EZ 

~ ~ ~ ~ 0.40…0.63 8.2 CX7-9-10-✱-AS0.63A-A10-EZ 1092 EZ 

~ ~ 1/2 3/4 0.63…1.0 13 CX7-9-10-✱-AS1A-A10-EZ 1092 EZ 

~ ~ 1 1 1.0…1.6 21 CX7-9-10-✱-AS1.6A-A10-EZ 1092 EZ 

1/2 3/4 1-1/2 2 1.6…2.5 33 CX7-9-10-✱-AS2.5A-A10-EZ 1092 EZ 

1 1 3 3 2.5…4 52 CX7-9-10-✱-AS4A-A10-EZ 1092 EZ 

1-1/2 2 5 ~ 4…6.3 82 CX7-9-10-✱-AS6.3A-A10-EZ 1092 EZ 

3 3 7-1/2 ~ 6.3…10 130 CX7-12-10-✱-AS10A-A10-EZ 1112 EZ 

3 5 10 ~ 10…16 208 CX7-16-10-✱-AS16A-A10-EZ 1146 EZ 

5 7-1/2 15 ~ 14.5…20 260 CX7-23-10-✱-AS20A-A10-EZ 1158 EZ 


1/2 3/4 1-1/2 2 1.6…2.5 33 CX7-9-10-✱-AH2.5A-A10-EZ 1131 EZ 

1 1 3 3 2.5…4 52 CX7-9-10-✱-AH4A-A10-EZ 1131 EZ 

1-1/2 2 5 5 4…6.3 82 CX7-9-10-✱-AH6.3A-A10-EZ 1131 EZ 

3 3 7-1/2 10 6.3…10 130 CX7-12-10-✱-AH10A-A10-EZ 1178 EZ 

3 5 10 15 10…16 208 CX7-16-10-✱-AH16A-A10-EZ 1190 EZ 

5 7-1/2 15 ~ 14.5…20 260 CX7-23-10-✱-AH20A-A10-EZ 1202 EZ 

7-1/2 7-1/2 15 ~ 18…25 325 CX7-23-10-✱-AH25A-A10-EZ 1202 EZ 


3 3 7-1/2 10 6.3…10 130 CX7-30-10-✱-AH10A-A10-EZ 1318 EZ 

3 5 10 15 10…16 208 CX7-30-10-✱-AH16A-A10-EZ 1318 EZ 

5 7-1/2 15 20 14.5…20 260 CX7-30-10-✱-AH20A-A10-EZ 1318 EZ 

5 7-1/2 20 25 18…25 325 CX7-30-10-✱-AH25A-A10-EZ 1318 EZ 

7-1/2 10 20 25 23…32 416 CX7-30-10-✱-AH32A-A10-EZ 1340 EZ 

10 10 25 30 32…45 585 CX7-37-10-✱-AH45A-A10-EZ 1381 EZ 

15 15 30 ~ 32…45 585 CX7-43-10-✱-AH45A-A10-EZ 1393 EZ 

Price 

Dimension 

Code 

Includes: 

• Class I, Group B, C & D – 



Controller with 1 NO front mount auxiliary 

contact (Cat.# KT7-PE1-10) 



• CA7 contactor (for remote operation), AC coil 



A.C. 

Coil Code 

Voltage Range 

50 Hz 60 Hz 

24Z 24V 24V 

120 110V 120V 

208 ~ 208V 

220W ~ 208V-240V 

240 220V 240V 

277 240V 277V 

380 380...400V 440V 

480 440V 480V 

600 550V 600V 


Description 









Description 

CA7 Contactor Auxiliaries 



CA7 Contactor Accessories 

Electronic Interface 

Surge Suppressor RC 

Surge Suppressor Varistor 

Surge Suppressor Diode 


Dual START/STOP pushbutton 

ON/OFF selector switch 

H-O-A 

Breather/Drain 

Change “A10” 

in Cat. # to... 

-A10 

-A01 

-A11 

-A20 

-T10A01 

-T10A10 

Add Suffix to 

Cat. Number 

-S01 

-S10 

-JE 

-R 

-V 

-D 

Price 

Adder 

33 

33 

37 

37 

47 

47 

Price 

Adder 

➍ Other voltages available, see Section A in this catalog. Non-standard coil voltages 






-3 

-6 

-7 

-BD 

27 

27 

56 

32 

24 

31 

115 

115 

115 

65 



F 



Encl. 


F75

Dimensions 

Enclosed Series KT7 Motor Controller 

F 



• Dimensions are shown in decimal inches. 


Enclosures 


Encl. 

F76 


Wiring Diagrams 



Single, Two and Three Phase Connection Diagram 

F 



Encl. 


F77


IP Ratings Definitions 

IP Ratings Definitions 

F 




Encl. 

F78 



Ratings Definitions 


NEMA / UL Type Definitions 

NEMA / UL Type 

Indoor Use Outdoor Use Indoor or Outdoor Use 

For a degree of protection against: 1 12 13 3R 3 4 4X 6P 6 

Incidental contact with enclosed equipment • • • • • • • • • 

Falling dirt • • • • • • • • • 

Rust • • • • • • • • • 

Circulating dust, lint, fibers and flyings • • • • • • • 

Windblown dust • • • • • 

Falling liquids and light splashing • • • • • • • 

Rain (limited water allowed inside) • • • • • • 

Rain (no water allowed inside) • • • • • 

Snow and sleet • • • • • • 

Hosedown and splashing water • • • • 

Occasional prolonged submersion • • 

Oil or coolant spraying or splashing 

• 

Corrosive agents • • 

Occasional temporary submersion • • 

F 



Encl. 


F79

Motor Current Rating Chart 

F 



Encl. 

60 Hz AC Induction Motor 

Horsepower 

Single Phase 

Three Phase 

115 Volt 230 Volt 200 Volt 230 Volt 380-415 Volt 460 Volt 575 Volt 

1/6 4.4 2.2 ~ ~ ~ ~ 

1/4 5.8 2.9 ~ ~ ~ ~ 

1/3 7.2 3.6 ~ ~ ~ ~ 

1/2 9.8 4.9 2.5 2.2 1.3 1.1 0.9 

3/4 13.8 6.9 3.7 3.2 1.8 1.6 1.3 

1 16.0 8.0 4.8 4.2 2.3 2.1 1.7 

1 1/2 20.0 10.0 6.9 6.0 3.3 3.0 2.4 

2 24.0 12.0 7.8 6.8 4.3 3.4 2.7 

3 34.0 17.0 11.0 9.6 6.1 4.8 3.9 

5 56.0 28.0 17.5 15.2 9.7 7.6 6.1 

7 1/2 80.0 40.0 25.0 22.0 14.0 11.0 9.0 

10 100 50.0 32.0 28.0 18.0 14.0 11.0 

15 135 68.0 48.0 42.0 27.0 21.0 17.0 

20 ~ 88.0 62.0 54.0 34.0 27.0 22.0 

25 ~ 110 78.0 68.0 43.0 34.0 27.0 

30 ~ 136 92.0 80.0 51.0 40.0 32.0 

40 ~ 176 120 104 66.0 52.0 41.0 

50 ~ 216 150 130 83.0 65.0 52.0 

60 ~ ~ 177 154 103 77.0 62.0 

75 ~ ~ 221 192 128 96.0 77.0 

100 ~ ~ 285 248 165 124 99.0 

125 ~ ~ 359 312 125 156 125 

150 ~ ~ 414 360 150 180 144 

175 ~ ~ 475 413 275 207 168 

200 ~ ~ 552 480 320 240 192 

250 ~ ~ 692 602 403 302 242 

300 ~ ~ ~ ~ 482 361 289 

350 ~ ~ ~ ~ 560 414 336 

400 ~ ~ ~ ~ 636 477 382 

450 ~ ~ ~ ~ 711 515 412 

500 ~ ~ ~ ~ 786 590 472 

The information in this chart was derived from Table 430-148 & 

430-150 of the NEC and Table 50.1 of UL standard 508A. The voltages 

listed are rated motor voltages. The currents listed shall be permitted 

for system voltage ranges of 110-120, 220-240, 380-415, 440-480 

and 550-600 volts. 

The full-load current values are for motors running at usual speeds and 

motors with normal torque characteristics. Motors built for especially 

low speeds or high torques may have higher full-load currents, and 

multi-speed motors will have full-load currents varying with speed. In 

these cases, the nameplate current ratings shall be used. 

Caution: The actual motor amps may be higher or lower than the 

average values listed above. For more reliable motor protection, 

use the actual motor current as listed on the motor nameplate. 

Use this table as a guide only 


F80 



Methods of Applying 

KT7 Motor Circuit Controllers 

This information is provided to aid in proper system design and utilization 

of the new KT7 Motor Circuit Controller in North American applications. Be 

sure to consider all applicable local and national codes for your particular 

installation. 

F 



Apps. 

F81

Application Notes 

Series KT7 Motor Circuit Controllers 

Methods of Applying KT7 Motor Circuit Controllers 

F 



The KT7 Motor Circuit Controller provides Class 10 overload protection, 

as well as, current limiting short-circuit protection for individual 

motor loads. KT7s are also approved for use as circuit breakers (per 

IEC 947-6-2) for applications outside of North America. In the United 

States and Canada, however, they are UL/CSA listed as Manual Starters 

with optional approvals for Motor Disconnecting and Group Motor 

applications. 

KT7 Motor Circuit Controllers are also UL/CSA listed as Manual Combination 

(Type E) Starters eliminating the requirement for additional 

short-circuit protection in many applications. This reduces both panel 

space and cost in multi-motor installations and eliminates the restrictive 

NEC/CEC rules that pertained to Manual Starters used in Group Motor 

applications. 

The following information is provided to aid in proper system design and 

utilization of the capabilities of the new KT7 Motor Circuit Controller 

in North American applications. Please be sure to consider all applicable 

local and national codes for your particular installation. 

Circuit Breaker Applications – IEC 

KT7 Motor Circuit Controllers are current limiting IEC circuit breakers 

(lEC 947-6-2) that also provide Class 10 motor overload protection. Additionally, 

they meet IEC requirements for applications such as: 

• Disconnector (lEC 947-2) 

• Main Switch (lEC 204-1) 

• Emergency Off (lEC 204-1) 

• Revision Service Switch (lEC 947) 

KT7 Motor Circuit Controllers cannot be applied in North America as 

circuit breakers, since they do not meet the UL specifications for circuit 

breakers (UL 489). 

Manual Starter Applications — UL/CSA 

KT7 Motor Circuit Controllers are an excellent choice for manual 

starting applications. As UL/CSA listed manual motor controllers, they 

provide motor overload protection, however, a separate short-circuit 

protective device must still be used. The fuse or circuit breaker used for 

the short-circuit protection may be sized to the maximum allowable per 

NEC Article 430-52 in the U.S., and CEC Rule 28-200 in Canada. The 

KT7 as a manual motor starter is available in a general purpose enclosure, 

water tight enclosure or Type 7/9 enclosure. Undervoltage or shunt 

trip relays are also available. 

Traditional Group Motor Applications 

UL/CSA 

KT7 Motor Circuit Controllers are also UL/CSA listed as manual starters 

for use in Group Motor installations. This listing (and application) has 

been the most popular in the United States because of the reduced panel 

space and cost savings it provides. 

NEC article 430-52 states that each motor must have a Branch Circuit 

Protective Device (BCPD) consisting of a fused disconnect, fuse block & 

set of fuses, or a circuit breaker. A typical circuit is illustrated in Figure 1. 

Figure 1 

Classic Group Motor Circuit (NEC 430-52) 

Even though this method is highly effective and widely used, it has 

several drawbacks. 

• Breakers or fuse blocks for each motor circuit are 

expensive 

• The panel space required to house many components like this is 

substantial 

• Installations of this type are labor intensive and therefore 

more costly 

NEC 430-53 [CEC 28-206] however, provides several exceptions to 430- 

52 [CEC 28-204] that allow you to connect a group of motors under 

one BCPD. These exceptions can be found under: 

• 430-53(a) - For Motors 1 HP or Less 

• 430-53(b) - The Smallest Motor is Protected 

• 430-53(c) - Other Group Installations 

For example, Figure 2 illustrates how a circuit would look utilizing provision 

(a) or (b) above. What was once three branch circuits, with three 

BCPD’s, is now one branch circuit with one BCPD. 

Figure 2 

NEC Article 430-53 circuitry without KT7 


Apps. 

F82 




Methods of Applying KT7 Motor Circuit Controllers (continued) 


It appears that the exceptions in 430-53 address the expensive drawbacks 

to having one BCPD for each motor. Expensive fuses (or circuit breakers) 

have been eliminated. Panel space has been significantly reduced, as well 

as, the labor to install the circuit. 

Unfortunately, NEC 430-53 (a) or (b) [CEC 28-602 (3)(b)] limits the 

group to a few small motors. However, by applying the KT7 under 430- 

53 (c) (Figure 3), the problems associated with 430-53 (a) and (b) are 

overcome. 

Figure 3 

Article 430-53 Circuitry With KT7 

• Only one fuse block (or circuit breaker) is used as the BCPD 

• Panel size has been significantly reduced 

• Wiring and installation time has been significantly reduced 

• We have assured protection against low level faults that the BCPD 

would pass 

• Larger horsepower motors can be grouped with smaller ones 

Group Installation under 430-53(c) requires that the BCPD be calculated 

and either supplied within the control panel or, if mounted 

externally, the BCPD value must be specified by a label within the panel. 

Always refer to the NEC code before applying the KT7 in Group Motor 

Installations. 

As stated earlier, Group Installations are the most popular applications 

for KTA Motor Circuit Controllers in North America. They greatly reduce 

cost when compared to using fuses or circuit breakers in each motor 

branch circuit. 

Motor Disconnecting Applications - UL/CSA 

The new KT7 Motor Circuit Controllers are also UL/CSA listed as 

manual motor controllers with the optional approval “Suitable for use as 

a motor disconnect.” This UL Listing (UL508, Part III) is new in 1999 

and allows KT7s to meet the requirements for applications as “at-motor” 

disconnects. All manual starters used in such applications must be 

marked as “Suitable for use as a motor disconnect”. The KT7 can be used 

in an enclosure with a lockable handle as a manual motor starter and is 

an approved means of motor disconnect. 

Under the provisions of UL508 Part III, a Manual Motor Controller can 

be labeled “Suitable for use as motor disconnect” and does not require 

compliance with UL 98 Disconnect Rules. The primary difference between 

UL98 and UL 508 Part III is that the Manual Motor Controller must bear 

a maximum KAIC rating. This rating must be considered in the application 

of KT7 as a motor disconnect. 

Corresponding to this new section of UL, the NEC code Article 430-109 

a1b6 [CEC 28-602 (3)(b)] permits the use of a manual motor controller 

when installed between the BCPD and the motor. 

SeIf-Protected Manual Combination Starter 

Applications (Type E) - UL/CSA 

UL508, Part IV, Sections A–E (17th Edition) cover combination motor 

controllers that provide a disconnecting means, a load switching means, 

overload and short-circuit protection all incorporated within the same 

device or assembly. Under these provisions, the new KT7 Motor Circuit 

Controllers, with improved current limiting and breaking capacity 

(KAIC rating), are now UL/CSA Listed as self-protected (Construction 

Type E) manual combination motor controllers. This Type E rating 

eliminates the need for individual branch fuses (per UL 198) or a thermal-magnetic 

circuit breaker or magnetic-only circuit breaker (per UL 

489) as the Branch Circuit Protection Device (BCPD). See Figure 4. 

Figure 4 

Classic Combo Starter (NEC Article 430-52) 

Further, the Type E rating eliminates the need for a disconnecting means 

(per UL 98) for enclosed and dead-front switches or UL 1087 molded 

case switches or UL 489 molded case circuit breakers. 

Corresponding to this UL Type E rating, NEC code (Article 430-52 

c6) now allows a self-protected combination controller to be used as the 

BCPD instead of the classic devices listed in Table 430-152. 

Simply stated this new Type E listing allows the KT7 Manual Combination 

Motor Controllers to be used as short-circuit protection, overload 

protection and as the motor disconnect on motor branch circuits. See 

Figure 5. 

F 



Apps. 


F83




F 



Apps. 

Figure 5 

KT7 Manual Motor Controller and “At motor” Disconnect 

It should be noted that KT7 Manual Motor Circuit Controller, when listed as 




Effective July 16, 2001 

UL made changes to its specifications for self-protected Type E combination 

controllers. Among them is a required increase in space between 

line side terminals, which directly affects KT7 controllers in specific 

applications. 

KT7 controllers used as Branch Circuit Protection Devices (BCPDs) 

in Type E applications will be required to meet the new specifications, 

provided they were produced after July 16, 2001. KT7s produced prior 

to that date (including those currently in inventory) may be sold and 

installed without alteration. KT7 controllers applied as manual motor 

starters, or part of a group installation, are exempt from the new requirement, 

regardless of production date. 

• KT7 controllers produced prior to July 16, 2001, will be used in CL7, 

CK7, enclosed KT7, CX7, or any custom control panel without the new 

terminal adaptors, as allowed by UL, until inventory is depleted. 

• All CL7, CK7, enclosed KT7 and CX7 starters assembled with new KT7 

controllers (with locking notch) in our Houston or Mississauga facilities 

will include the new terminal adaptors. No list price change will be made 

to these assemblies. 

• When applicable, all assemblies shipped from the factory will be Type E 

compliant with the change effective July 16, 2001. 

Individual Combination Starter Applications 

The next logical step is to combine a CA7 contactor to the new (Type E) 

self-protected manual combination KT7 controller. The KT7 starter provides 

the overload and short circuit protection, as well as, the disconnecting 

function for the motor, while the CA7 contactor allows for remote 

operation via pushbuttons. By contrast, the traditional fusible combination 

starter consists of an L10 fusible disconnect switch, short-circuit 

protection (alternately an MCP or MCCB), a contactor for remote 

operation and a CEP7 overload relay (see Figure 4). The KT7 Type E 

manual controller + CA7 contactor combination can now be compared 

with a traditional fusible or circuit breaker Combination Starter including 

the means of disconnect. 



Controller 

(disconnect) 

CA7 

Contactor 

Figure 6 

Type E Combo Motor Controller 

(starter) and “At motor” Disconnect 

(NEC Article 430-52 (c6) 

Multi-motor Starter Combination 

Applications 

The KT7 Construction Type E rating also eliminates concern for all of 

the NEC 430-53 [CEC 28-206] rules for installations involving multiple 

motor starters in a single control panel. The result is maximum flexibility 

and minimum panel size without the restrictive and cumbersome rules 

involved with typical multi-motor (Group Installation) applications. 

This means that the main fuses or circuit breaker are no longer necessary 

to meet the requirement of a Group Installation Branch 

Circuit Protection Device (BCPD). A non-fused disconnect may be 

needed to meet the safety disconnect rules for the multi-motor starter 

control panel. It is important to separate the code requirements for 

BCPD’s from the safety codes requiring a panel disconnect to be “in 

sight and within 50 feet” to protect the maintenance electrician. KT7s 

perform the function of BCPD’s under the Type E combination motor 

controller approval and may simply be selected according to the motor 

full-load current with consideration for the potential fault-current. 

Figure 7 

Multi-motor Starter Panel using KT7 as Type E Combo Starter (B.C.P.D.s) 

per NEC Article 430-52 (c6) 


F84 






Short-circuit Coordination 

The concept of Type 1 and Type 2 coordination are European based but 

are certainly not new to the North American market. Fuse companies 

have been at the forefront of advancing the concepts and advantages of 

Type 2 protection. An appreciation for the advancements offered by selfprotected 

combination motor controllers like KT7 must start with a firm 

understanding of Type 1 and Type 2 protection versus Construction Type 

E standards. 

Type 1 

• Under short-circuit conditions, the contactor or 

starter shall cause no danger to persons or installation. 

• Damage to the contactor and the overload relay is acceptable. 

• It may not be suitable for further service without repair and 

replacement of parts. 

A UL listing of a device or combination of devices like a contactor and 

an overload relay would be equivalent to Type 1 coordination in European 

(IEC) terminology. 

Type 2 

• Under short-circuit conditions, the contactor or starter shall 

cause no danger to persons or installation and shall be suitable 

for further use. 

• The risk of contact welding is recognized, in which case the 

manufacturer shall indicate the measures to be taken in regards 

to maintenance of the equipment. 

Most of the above is European terminology that has worked its way into 

North American terminology. 

UL508E is the UL “Outline of Investigation for Type 2 Coordination.” 

It is important to note that UL508E is NOT the same as Construction 

Type E Self-protected Combination Motor Controllers (which falls 

under the UL508 Safety Standard for Industrial Control in Section 76 as 

we have outlined). This means that UL does not give a “Listing” under 

UL508E but rather is a performance standard and not a safety issue. 

Companies who publish Type 2 coordination application tables in accordance 

with investigation procedures outlined in UL508E must be backed 

by self certified tests to verify compliance. 

Type 1 and Type 2 coordination have historically been applied to the 

combination of a circuit breaker or a set of fuses protecting a contactor 

(i.e.: CA7) and an overload (i.e.: CEP7 or CT7). If you select a particular 

UL approved contactor and UL Approved overload from the standard 

selection tables in our catalog then you have Type 1 coordination. Similarly, 

when you combine a CA7 contactor with a KT7 Type E Manual 

Self-protected Combination Controller by selecting from standard 

KT7 selection tables then you may only have Type 1 protection for the 

combination. If your customer wants Type 2 protection then we supply 

coordination tables. You must go to the Type 2 protection tables in the 

technical section of the KT7 literature to insure Type 2 protection. 

Type E 

Construction Type E Self-protected Combination Motor Controllers 

• Do not require branch circuit short circuit protective device (fuse or 

circuit breaker) upstream 

• Includes coordinated overload and short circuit protection 

• No welding of contacts is allowed 

• Incorporates a motor disconnect rating 

• Includes an endurance standard after interrupting a short-circuit 

exceeding that specified for Type 2 (UL508E). 

This means the test for self-protected combination controllers is more 

stringent than Type 2; therefore, many people refer to Type E with implication 

not only to the construction type as defined under UL508 Part III 

Table 76.2 and applied in accordance with NEC 430-52C Option 6 but 

also to the type of coordinated short-circuit protection achieved. 

Short-circuit coordination is about the level of damage allowed to the 

control equipment under a short circuit condition and the speed of 

operation is the key to current limitation. 

Suitability for Tap Conductor Protection 

For several years, the industry has been applying manual motor circuit 

controllers in Group Installations under NEC 430-53C. Many of you 

have been aware of the vagueness of the current NEC with respect to 

NEC 430-53D concerning “Single Motor Taps.” The 2002 NEC added 

a new provision which clarifies the sizing of wires in a Group Installation 

where the wires feeding each motor circuit controller is considered to be 

a tap conductor 

NEC-430-53-D-1 restricts the wire feeding the motor circuit controller 

to be equal to the wire connected to the BCPD which is extremely limiting. 

NEC-430-53-D-2 allows reduction of the sizing of the wire leading 

to the BCPD to not less than 1/3 of the wire connected to the B.C.P.D. 

Since most 25 ampere frame motor circuit controller only allow for #10 

wire maximum (which is rated for 40 amperes) per UL508A “Internal 

Wiring Standard”; it follows that the B.C.P.D. must be limited to 120 

amperes maximum. Note that the actual FLA connected is limited to 

80% of the wire rating. It has been the position of many in the industry 

since the introduction of motor circuit controllers in the early 1980’s that 

NEC 430-53D was never intended to apply to multiple motor starter 

control panels per NEC 430-53C part 1&3, but rather to separately 

mounted units with wire duct and gutter taps as described in NEC 430- 

53C part 2. This claim was largely based on the maximum BCPD rating 

given to Group Rated Controllers under UL508 which often exceed the 

120 ampere wire limits. The 2002 NEC further clarified that wire size inside 

the multiple motor starter panel under Group Installation is covered 

by the provisions of Single Motor Taps under NEC430-53D. 

F 



Apps. 


F85



F 




The 2002 NEC has new provisions for Single Motor Taps under Section 

430-53D-3, which clearly provides for sizing motor circuit controller 

wires at 1/10 if the length does not exceed 10 feet. This means most 25 

ampere frame motor circuit controller that only allow for #10 wire maximum 

might be as large as 400 amperes. Further that 45 ampere frame 

motor circuit controllers that allow for #4 wire maximum (which is rated 

for 105 amperes) might be as large as 1050 amperes. It should be noted 

that mini-bus bars are often used to inter-connect the line side of motor 

circuit controllers may increase the capacity of the allowable wire size. 

This change in the 2002 NEC does require some additional testing of the 

motor circuit controller under UL508 in order to mark the device “Suitable 

for Tap Conductor Protection in a Group Installation.” The testing 

associated with single motor taps is nearly as difficult as those associated 

with the test for Self-protected Combination Motor Controllers (described 

elsewhere in this white paper). This means that the Tap Conductor 

Protection ratings may well align with the ratings for Self-protected 

Combination Motor Controllers. 

It is the opinion of this writer that the strict enforcement of the wire sizing 

options defined by NEC 430-53D-1, -2, or -3 will force the industry 

to apply Self-protected Combination Motor Controllers (Construction 

Type E or Type F) in multiple motor starter panels under the provisions 

of NEC 430-52-C- 6 as opposed to applying simple Group Rated 

Manual Motor Circuit Controllers under Group Installations as defined 

under NEC 430-53-C. 

Assemblies Using KT7 

Since devices like KTA7 do not include a magnetic coil contactor in the 

assembly, they are considered to be manual motor controllers. If you are 

building a multi-motor starter panel you probably need to provide for 

remote control and so you add a contactor to the assembly. Sprecher + 

Schuh has combined the KT7 Self-protected Combination Controller 

(Construction Type E) into assemblies with appropriately sized contactors. 

These assemblies are available in three varieties: 

• CL4 = KT7 + Connector + CA4 Mini-contactor 

• CL7 = KT7 + Connector + CA7 Contactor 

• CK7 = KT7 + CA7 mounted on a DIN adapter socket with 

terminal blocks 

CL4 and CL7 use connectors (i.e: KT7-25S-PEC23) to mate the KT7 

with CA4 and CA7 contactors. Sprecher + Schuh is pleased to announce 

that we now have cUL Approval of our –PEC and –PNC connectors. 

The recognition of these connectors paves the way to testing and approval 

of assemblies using KT7. 

Type E Self-protected Combination Motor 

Controller Assemblies 

An assembly of a Construction Type E KT7 Manual Controller plus a 

contactor can be tested as a Self-protected Combination Controller. This 

means the assembly must meet all of the same rigid standards including 

Type E coordination as described above. Sprecher + Schuh provides additional 

tables showing the KAIC ratings of CK7 starters already approved 

by UL as Type E assemblies as well as the CL4 & CL7 ratings that are 

pending UL approval at the time of this printing. 

Type F Combination Motor Controllers 

Manufacturers of Construction Type E controllers have been working 

closely with UL concerning the addition of a Construction Type F Combination 

Motor Controller to their specifications and test procedures. 

Recently UL did add Type F to UL508 Part III Section 76. Construction 

Type F is defined as a Type E Manual Self-protected Combination 

Controller combined with a magnetic contactor but allowing damage to 

the contactor under a short circuit. The damage allowed to the contactor 

is similar to that allowed to Construction Type A, B, C or D Combination 

Starters, which are circuit breakers, fused disconnect, magnetic 

only circuit breaker or motor circuit protectors (MCP) combined with a 

standard contactor and overload relay better known as the classic Combo 

Starters. 

It is important to point out that you start with a UL Approved Type E 

Manual Self-protected Motor controller and the contactor as an assembly 

but test to the same standards as Type 1 protection (just as you would 

for a Classic Type A-D Combo). UL has chosen to call this new device a 

Combination Motor Controller which is more exactly defined as Construction 

Type F under to UL508 Part III Section 76. 

Note that the Type F designation ‘Combination Motor Controller’ is 

missing the term ‘Self-protected’ which is reserved for an assembly that 

is fully Type E Approved as described above. This means that Type E 

assemblies are superior to Type F assemblies with respect to coordinated 

protection. Both Type F and Type E are valid selections for customers to 

make an informed price versus performance choice. 

Once again, if the customer wants Type 2 protection, the manufacturer 

must back their recommendations with self-certify testing. Sprecher + 

Schuh provides additional tables for the customer to select Type 2 KAIC 

ratings for Type F Combination Motor Controllers in the technical 

data section of this chapter. It might be said that Construction Type F 

Coordination Type 2 ratings are very close to those of Type E. It is important 

to note that the difference is that Type E provides the assurance 

of an endurance standard after interrupting a short-circuit exceeding that 

specified for Type 2 (UL508E). 

In short, you could say that Type F1 is good, Type F2 is better and 

Type E is the best. 


Apps. 

F86 






A Note About UL1077 Mini-Circuit Breakers 

All too often we see UL1077 DIN rail mounted Mini-circuit breakers 

applied as branch circuit short-circuit protection ahead of a standard 

contactor and overload relay. UL1077 Supplemental Circuit Breakers 

were never intended to replace UL489 Approved Circuit Breakers as 

short-circuit protection for a motor branch circuit. It is important for 

customers who have been employing the use UL1077 circuit breakers 

to “protect” motor circuits that the practice is not approved for this purpose 

nor is it in compliance with NEC 430-52. Sprecher + Schuh sells 

UL1077 Mini-circuit breakers as well KT7 Motor Circuit controllers 

and it our desire to help customers apply each in accordance with applicable 

codes and standards. Please reference our technical application 

notes for the proper application of UL1077 Mini-CBs. 

There are UL489 Approved Mini-CBs in the marketplace that can be applied 

on 240 volt motor applications in accordance with UL and NEC. 

Note that these 240 volt UL489 circuit breakers are often seen improperly 

applied to 480 volt applications. This DOES NOT comply with UL 

and NEC as would the KTA7 Motor Circuit Controller, which can be 

applied for this purpose in applications up to 600 volts. 

It should be noted that UL489 Mini-CB’s do not comply with UL508 

as an overload relay. Therefore anyone applying a UL489 Mini-CB must 

also add a true overload relay to each motor circuit. 

Neither UL1077 or UL489 Mini-CBs have the ability to interrupt a high 

ampere short-circuit with the speed of a KT7 Motor Circuit Controller, 

nor do they have the KAIC withstand rating, the ability to provide Type 

2 coordination and certainly not Construction Type E approvals or level 

of equipment protection. 

For additional information concerning the proper application of UL1077 

Mini-CB’s, please refer to our White Paper located in the Mini-CB’s section 

of the Sprecher + Schuh catalog. 

Summary 

KT7 can be applied as a: 

• Manual Motor Controller 

• Group Installation Overload Relay 

• Manual Self-Protected Combination Motor Controller (Type E) 

CL4, CL7 and CK7 can be applied as a: 

• Self-Protected Combination Motor Controller assembly (Type E) 

• Combination Motor Controller (Type F) 

The main fuses or circuit breaker are no longer necessary to meet the 

requirement of a Group Installation BCPD. A label within the panel 

specifying the BCPD outside the panel is a thing of the past. Multi-motor 

starter panels using the new KT7 verses Sprecher + Schuh’s previous 

Motor Circuit Controller (KTA3) probably won’t look much different. 

The real difference is the NEC rules applied to accomplish the task, along 

with an increased level of KAIC Type 2 protection against the possibility 

of a short-circuit fault. 

Applying these state-of-the-art controllers properly in North America 

requires a working knowledge of UL, CSA, and NEC. It is our objective 

to assist customers in keeping pace with developments that can impact 

the cost effective protection of their control systems, reduce downtime 

and increase production for their customers. We encourage customers 

to contact their local Sprecher + Schuh representative or the factory to 

discuss issues about applications of these devices. 

F 



Apps. 


F87

KTA3-25 

(Now obsolete) 

Sprecher + Schuh KT4 has replaced the KTA3-25. 


KT4 Manual Motor Starter



Manual Motor Staters – General Description ................................................................................. F90 

Quick Selection Guide ................................................................................................................... F91 

Accessories .............................................................................................................................F92-95 

Contact Blocks ........................................................................................................................ F92 

Adaptor Plates ......................................................................................................................... F92 

Release Modules ..................................................................................................................... F93 

Connecting Modules ................................................................................................................ F93 

Mounting ................................................................................................................................ F94 

Enclosures .............................................................................................................................. F94 

Push Button Sets ..................................................................................................................... F94 

Indicator Lights ....................................................................................................................... F94 

Bus Bars ................................................................................................................................. F95 

Supply Block ........................................................................................................................... F95 

Space Cover ............................................................................................................................ F95 

Explosion Proof Manual Starter Type EV3 ........................................................................................96 

Technical Information ...............................................................................................................F97-99 

Time Current Curves ................................................................................................................... F100 

Diagrams .................................................................................................................................... F101 

Dimensions ..........................................................................................................................F102-103 

F 




F89

F 





Starter 

Ideal for use as a manual 

starter 

The KT4 is a manual motor starter 

that employs the features of power 

switching, thermal overload protection 

and control circuit signaling in 

one compact unit. This manual motor 

starter has the advantage of a high 

speed magnetic trip mechanism which 

limits the let-through current under 

short-circuit conditions. The KT4 

can be supplied with field installable 

shunt trip or an under voltage trip 

unit which exceeds the capabilities of 

the classic manual motor starter. This 

manual motor starter is available in a 

variety of enclosures including general 

purpose, watertight and explosion 

proof (the most compact on the market 

today). 

KT4 Reduces panel space 

and saves money in Group 

Motor Installations 

The KT4 can eliminate the need for 

larger and more expensive fuse blocks 

and fused disconnects, or circuit 

breakers. The potential cost savings in 

group motor installations according 

NEC 430-53c can be as much as 35% 

over conventional methods of branch 

circuit protection. And, because so 

many features are combined into one 

small unit, panel space can be slashed 

by as much as 60%. 

In addition, the KT4 line offers a wide 

application range from 0.1 to 16 FLA 

in installations up to 600V. For group 

motor applications, the KT4 series has 

a 250A group installation rating, with 

a withstand rating as high as 42 KAIC. 

Excellent short circuit and 

thermal overload protection 

In the event of a short-circuit, the 

contacts are opened by magnetic, nonadjusting 

tripping elements in times 

approaching 2/1000 of a second. This 

results in the extremely rapid build-up 

of an arc voltage which limits the current 

of the short-circuit to a very low 

level. Because of this superb current 

limiting capability the let-through 

current is significantly reduced and the 

potential for damage is limited. 

Because each KT4 is individually 

calibrated at the factory for the smallest 

and largest current, very accurate 

thermal overload protection is also 

obtained. In addition, the KT4 is a 

Class 10 device ... it trips within 10 

seconds under a locked rotor condition 

(6 x FLA). Every KT4 Manual Motor 

Starter is equipped with automatic 

ambient temperature compensation, 

which continually adjusts to surrounding 

temperatures. As a result, trip 

times remain constant and accurate. 

Accessories add versatility 

Whether in group motor installations 

or as a manual motor starter, numerous 

field installable accessories are 

available to enhance the KT4’s performance: 

● Auxiliary Contact Blocks 

– are available for internal or 

external mounting providing 

signal switching capability for 

control circuits. 

● Shunt trip and Undervoltage 

Release Modules 

– provides the ability to re 

motely actuate the KT4 in 

emergency situations or 

continuously monitor the line 

voltage. 

● 

Enclosures – are available in 

general protection (IP41), 

watertight (IP55), as well as 

explosion-proof (Type 7/9) 

complete with lockable acces 

sories. 

● Compact Bus Bar System – 

reduces the task of line side wiring 

in multiple motor starter installations 

which reduces the labor cost 

of installation. 



F90

KT4 Manual Motor Starter 

KT4 Manual Motor Starter ➊ 


Maximum Horsepower ➊➋ 

Ordering Information ➊ 

Single Ø ➋ 

Three Ø 

O/L Relay 

Ampere 

Magnetic 

Response 

115V 230V 200V 230V 460V 575V Response ➍ Current Catalog Number Price 

~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 0.1 - 0.16 1.8 KT4-C2A-A16 133 




~ ~ ~ ~ 1/2 3/4 0.63 - 1.0 11 KT4-C2A-B10 154 

~ 1/10 ~ ~ 1 1 1.0 - 1.6 18 KT4-C2A-B16 154 

1/10 1/6 1/2 3/4 1 1/2 2 1.6 - 2.5 28 KT4-C2A-B25 154 

1/8 1/3 3/4 1 3 3 2.5 - 4.0 44 KT4-C2A-B40 154 

1/4 3/4 1 1/2 2 5 5 4.0 - 6.3 69 KT4-C2A-B63 154 

1/2 1 1/2 2 3 7 1/2 10 6.3 - 10 110 KT4-C2A-C10 154 

1 2 3 5 10 15 10 - 16 176 KT4-C2A-C16 176 

Short Circuit Ratings ➌ 


Manual Motor Starter / Group Installation Ratings 

Short Circuit Rating (kA) 

Maximum Branch Circuit 

Protection Rating ➎ 

480V 600V Amperes 

KT4-C2A-A16 42 42 250 




KT4-C2A-B10 42 42 250 





KT4-C2A-C10 10 5 250 

KT4-C2A-C16 10 5 250 

➊ Horsepower ratings shown are the maximum rating of the switching capacity of 

the main contactors. The final selection of the manual starter depends on the 

actual motor full load amps and service factor. 

Example #1: 

For a motor with a service factor of 1.15 or greater, use the motor nameplate full 

load amps and choose the motor starter with the appropriate current range. 

Motor F.L.A. 4.2A 

Service Factor x 1.15 

Effective Current = 6.3A 

Select catalog number KT4-C2A-A63 

Example #2: 

For a motor with a service factor less than 1.15, use the motor nameplate full load 

amps times 0.9 and choose the motor starter with the appropriate current range. 

Motor F.L.A. 4.2A 

Service Factor x 1.0 

Multiplier x 0.9 

Effective Current = 3.78A 

Select catalog number KT4-C2A-A40 

➋ Single phase horsepower ratings are based on wiring the 3 poles of the device in 

series. 

➌ The KT4 motor circuit controller is approved for use in group installation according 

to NEC 430-53C. Reference Sprecher+Schuh UL file #E54612. 

➍ The actual trip current is 120% of the dial setting. 

➎ Although UL Testing of Manual Motor Starters allows for Group Installation with 

upstream Branch Circuit Protection maximum ratings as high as 250 amperes; 

it should be noted that NEC 2002 contains new restrictions under NEC 430-53D 

“Single Motor Taps”. KT4 should be applied as outlined in NEC 430-53D-1 or 430- 

53-D-2 to be in compliance. KT4 does not qualify as “Tap Conductor Protection” as 

required under NEC 430-53-D-3. Please refer to the Application notes located at 

the end of the KT7 section for more details on compliance. 

F 





F91

Accessories 


F 




Accessory Description Wiring Diagram Catalog Number Price 

Auxiliary Contact Block (NO) 

13 

- mounts internally. KT4-C-AEA10 15 

Auxiliary Contact Block (NO) 

- mounts internally, terminal markings 

appropriate when also using “PA” type 

auxiliary contact. 

KT4-C-AEA210 15 

Auxiliary Contact Block (NC) 

11 

- mounts internally. KT4-C-AEA01 

Auxiliary Contact Block (NC) 

- mounts internally, terminal markings 

appropriate when also using “PA” type 

auxiliary contact. 

Two pole Auxiliary Contact Block 

(NO/NC) - for side mounting. If using 

Compact Bus Bar System, choose bus 

bar with 54mm spacing 

Two pole Auxiliary Contact Block - 

(NO/NO) - for side mounting. If using 


bar with 54mm spacing. 

Two pole Auxiliary Contact Block 

- (NC/NC) - for side mounting. If using 


bar with 54mm spacing. 

15 

KT4-C-AEA201 15 

KT4-C-ASA11 28 



Accessory Description Catalog Number Price 

Accessories for KT4 continued on next page ➟ 

Adaptor Plate 

Provides capability to base mount one KT4 

Locking Fixture 

Padlocking attachment for one KT4-25. Locks in the OFF position only. 

Metal construction. Holds one to three padlocks with 6mm hasps. 

14 

33 

34 

12 

31 

32 

13 21 

14 22 

13 23 

14 24 

11 21 

12 22 

KT4-C-N12 11 

KT4-C-M3 11 



F92 


Accessories 


Accessories for KT4 (continued from previous page) 


Accessory Description Wiring Diagram 

Accessory 


- mounts on right hand side, 

Prevents KT4 from operating 

unless voltage is present. 


- mounts on right hand side. 

Remotely trips the KT4 . 

Accessories for KT4 continued on next page ➟ 

Description 

Connecting Module ➋ 

- Provides a solid “wireless” 

connection between a KT4 

Motor Circuit Controller and all 

CA4 contactors. 

Connecting Module - Provides 

a solid “wireless” connection 

between a KT4 Motor Circuit 

Controller and a CA7 contactor. 

 

 

 

C1 

F1 

Q1 

 

Voltage / 

Rated Current 

AC Coil Voltage Catalog 

50 HZ 60 HZ Number 

24V 

KT4-C-UXK 

24V KT4-C-UXJ 

48V KT4-C-UXX 

110V 110V KT4-C-UXKD 

110V 120V KT4-C-UXD 

220...230V 240V KT4-C-UXF 

240...260V KT4-C-UXA 

240V 277V KT4-C-UXT 

400V 460V KT4-C-UXN 

415V 480V KT4-C-UXB 

500V 575V KT4-C-UXM 

24V 

KT4-C-SXK 

24V KT4-C-SXJ 

48V KT4-C-SXX 

110V 110V KT4-C-SXKD 

110V 120V KT4-C-SXD 

220...230V 240V KT4-C-SXF 

240...260V KT4-C-SXA 

240V 277V KT4-C-SXT 

400V 460V KT4-C-SXN 

415V 480V KT4-C-SXB 

500V 575V KT4-C-SXM 


Price 

12A KCD4 7 

Connects CA7-9…23 20A KT3-NW23 12 

 

C2 

Price 

65 

65 

F 





F93

Accessories 


Accessories for KT4 (continued from previous page) 

F 




KT4-C-EA55 

Accessory Description Enclosure Rating Catalog No. Price 

Accessory Description Kit Catalog No. 

KT4-C-MT55 

KT4-C-MK55 

KT4-C-EE55 

Enclosures for Surface Mounting - 

With knockouts for two type “DL” pilot lights. Includes ground 

and neutral terminals. 

Enclosure for Flush Mounting - includes protective earth 

and neutral wire terminals. 

Emergency Stop Kit 

Twist-To-Release 

IN STOCK 

NOW 

Emergency Stop Kit 

Key Release 

Kit 

Price 

KT4-C-MT 30 

KT4-C-MK 48 

General Purpose (IP41) 

For Use With 

KT4-C-EA41 

Watertight (IP55) KT4-C-EA55 90 

General Purpose (IP41) KT4-C-EE41 30 

Watertight (IP55) KT4-C-EE55 35 

Accessory Description Voltage / Rated Current Catalog No. Price 

Indicator Lights - mounting in upper part of 

enclosure. Length of connection leads: 180 mm 

includes lamp. 

Enclosure Locking Fixture - Holds one to three 

padlocks with 6mm hasps. 

Enclosure Membrane - Replacement membrane. 

Includes 4 mounting screws (membrane only, does 

not include mounting frame). 

➊ KT4 Manual Motor Starter Not Included. Consult a Sprecher + Schuh 

representative for an assembly including a KT4. 

green 

red 

white 

yellow 

120V 

240V 

400V 

415V 

480V 

120V 

240V 

400V 

415V 

480V 

120V 

240V 

400V 

415V 

480V 

120V 

240V 

400V 

415V 

480V 

For use with 

KT4-C-EA41 enclosures 

For use with 

KT4-C-EA55 and 

KT4-C-EE55 enclosures 

KT4-LG120 





KT4-LR120 





KT4-LW120 





KT4-LY120 





Assembled 

Cat No. ➊ 

50 

28 

KT4-C-M3E 11 

KT4-C-N18 5 

Price 

KT4-C-EA41 KT4-C-MT-EA41 85 

KT4-C-EE41 KT4-C-MT-EE41 65 

KT4-C-EA55 KT4-C-MT-EA55 125 

KT4-C-EE55 KT4-C-MT-EE55 70 

KT4-C-EA41 KT4-C-MK-EA41 103 

KT4-C-EE41 KT4-C-MK-EE41 83 

KT4-C-EA55 KT4-C-MK-EA55 143 

KT4-C-EE55 KT4-C-MK-EE55 88 

IN STOCK 

NOW 


F94 


Accessories 



Compact Bus Bar System for KT4 

Accessory Description Catalog Number Price 

Compact Bus Bar - 45mm spacing 

- Bus bar with 45mm spacing accepts 

KT4’s with or without internally 

mounted auxiliary or trip signal contact. 

Rated to 65A (UL)/63A (IEC). 

Connects two KT4’s KT4-C-W452 27 

Connects three KT4’s KT4-C-W453 31 

Connects four KT4’s KT4-C-W454 35 

Connects five KT4’s KT4-C-W455 39 

Compact Bus Bar - 54mm spacing 

- Bus bar with 54mm spacing 

accepts KT4’s with side mounted 

auxiliary contact (type PA-11). 

Rated to 65A (UL)/63A (IEC). 

Connects two KT4’s KT4-C-W542 27 

Connects three KT4’s KT4-C-W543 31 

Connects four KT4’s KT4-C-W544 35 

Connects five KT4’s KT4-C-W545 39 

Supply Block - Provides connection 

from bus bar to power. 

Blank Space Cover - Covers bus 

bar connections where no KT4 is 

mounted. 

KT4-C-WT 22 

KT4-C-WS 3 

F 





F95


KT4 Explosion Proof Manual Starter - Type “EV3” ➊ 

F 



Class I, Division 1 & 2, Group C & D 

Class II, Division 1 & 2, Group #, F & G 

Class III 

NEMA 7CD & 9EFG 

KT4 Modifications (Factory Assembled) 

Single Ø 

Description Catalog Number Suffix Adder 


1 NO - Internal -AEA10 15 

1 NC - Internal -AEA01 15 

Maximum 

Horsepower 

Three Ø 

115V 230V 200V 230V 460V 575V 

1/10 1/6 1/2 3/4 1 1/2 2 

1 3 3 5 10 15 

O/L Relay 

Ampere 

Range 

Magnetic 

Response 

Current 

Ordering 

Information 


Price 

0.1 - 0.16 1.8 KT4-C2A-A16-EV3 425 




0.63 - 1.0 11 KT4-C2A-B10-EV3 450 





6.3 - 10 110 KT4-C2A-C10-EV3 450 

10 - 16 176 KT4-C2A-C16-EV3 475 



➊ “Feed Through” type conduit hubs provided as standard. 

F96 






KT4… 

Standards Approvals UL 508; CSA22.2; EN/IEC 60947-1/-2/-4/-5-1/ 

UL, CSA, CE, SEV, Germ. Lloyd, CEBEC, PTB, 

DEMKO, SEMKO, SETI, NEMKO, Bureau Veritas, 

Lloyd’s Register of Shipping, Maritime Register 

of Shipping, RINA, KEMA 

Approvals / Markings 

CE, cULus Listed 

Rated Insulation Voltage 

IEC, SEV, VDE0660 [V] 690 

UL, CSA [V] 600 

Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage 

Main circuits 

6 kV 

Auxiliary circuits 

6 kV 

Rated Frequency [Hz] 40…60 

Rated Operating Current [A] 0.1…16 (11 ranges) 

Life 

Mechanical [operations] 100,000 

Electrical [operations] 50,000 

Switching Frequency 

Max. 30 operating cycles/hour 


Storage 

-25°C to +80°C 

Operation 

-25°C to +60°C 

Resistance to climatic change 

Humid heat 

40°C, 92%, 56 days 

Alternating climatic conditions 

23°C, 83%/40°C, 93%, 56 cycles 

Degree of Protection 

IP20 (when wired) 

Impact Resistance (shock) 

50g, 11ms 

Vibration Strength 

Frequency Range 

10…150Hz 

In all directions 

>7.5g 


Tripping Time Class 10 

Phase failure protection 

See time/current curve 

Temperature Compensation 

-20°C… +60°C (70°C=15% current reduction 

of upper rated current) 

Magnetic Response 

11 x Ie max. (fixed setting) 

(Ie max. = max value of the setting range) 

Total Power dissipation 

Manual motor starter at rated load [W] 7 

Terminal Connections 

Type of terminals 

Screwdriver Position No. 2/Blade No. 3 

1. conductor 1 to 4 mm 2 / 16 to 12 AWG 




1. conductor 1.5 to 6 mm 2 / 16 to 12 AWG 

2. conductor 1.5 to 6 mm 2 / 16 to 12 AWG 

Tightening torque 

2 to 2.5 Nm / 18 to 22 fb-in 

Mounting Position - KT4 

Weights 


Manual Motor Starter KT4-C2A... 290 g 

Auxiliary Contact Blocks 

for Flush Mounting 

KT4-C-AEA 12 g 

Auxiliary Contact Blocks 

for Left-side Mounting 

KT4-C-ASA 35 g 

Undervoltage Release KT4-C-UX 104 g 

Shunt Release KT4-C-SX 100 g 

Bus Bar Feeder Terminal KT4-C-WT 36 g 

KT4-C-W452 42 g 



Compact Bus Bar 






Blank Space Cover KT4-C-WS 3.3 g 

Emergency-Stop 

KT4-C-MT g 

Push Button 

KT4-C-MK g 

Enclosure for 

Surface Mounting 

KT4-C-EA41 250 g 

Enclosure for 

Flush Mounting 

KT4-C-EA55 258 g 

Button Membrane 

KT4-C-EE41 126 g 

KT4-C-EE55 134 g 

Indicator Light KT4-L... 10 g 

Hut (DIN) rail Adapter 

KT4-C-N12 16 g 

KT4-C-M3E 19 g 

Locking Arrangement KT4-C-M3 11 g 

F 





F97



F 




Specifications of Accessories 

KT4-C-AEA... 

Auxiliary Contact Block for 

Flush Mounting 

KT4-C-ASA... 

Auxiliary Contact Block for 

Left-side Mounting 


at 40°C ambient temperature [A] 6 10 

at 60°C ambient temperature [A] 4 6 

Contact Class Coordination According to NEMA 

(UL/CSA Standards) 

[AC] B 600 Standard Pilot Duty B 600 Standard Pilot Duty 

[DC] R 300 Light Pilot Duty R 300 Light Pilot Duty 

Back-Up Fuses gG, gL [A] 16 16 

Rated Supply current [V] 230/240 400/415 500 690 230/240 400/415 500 690 

AC-15 [A] 2 1 0.8 0.5 2 1 0.8 0.5 

DC-13 [V] 24 48 110 220 24 48 110 220 

[A] 2 0.6 0.2 0.1 2 0.6 0.2 0.1 



Screwdriver Pozidrive No. 2 / Blade No. 3 

1. conductor 0.75 to 2.5 mm2 / 18 to 14 AWG 0.75 to 2.5 mm2 / 18 to 14 AWG 

2. conductor 0.75 to 2.5 mm2 / 18 to 14 AWG 0.75 to 2.5 mm2 / 18 to 14 AWG 

1. conductor 0.75 to 4 mm2 / 18 to 14 AWG 0.75 to 4 mm2 / 18 to 14 AWG 




Tightening torque 1 to 1.5 Nm / 9 to 13 fb-in 1 to 1.5 Nm / 9 to 13 fb-in 

KT4-C-UX... 

Undervoltage Release Unit 

for Right-side Mounting 

KT4-C-SX... 

Shunt Release for 

Right-side Mounting 

KT4-C-WT 

Supply Block 

Actuating Voltage 

Pull-in 0.8 to 1.1 x U s 

0.7 to 1.1 x U s 

Drop-out 0.7 to 0.35 x U s 

~ 

Rated Control Voltage min. 12V 50 Hz, 14V 60 Hz 12V 50 Hz, 14V 60 Hz 

max. 600V 50 Hz 600V 50 Hz 

On-Time 100 % 100% 

Coil Rating Pull-in 8.5 VA, 6 W 8.5 VA, 6 W 

Hold 3 VA, 1.2 W 3 VA, 1.2 W 



Screwdriver Pozidrive No. 2/Blade No. 3 Pozidrive No. 2/Blade No. 3 Pozidrive No. 2/Blade No. 3 

1. conductor 0.75 to 2.5 mm 2 / 18 to 14 AWG 0.75 to 2.5 mm 2 / 18 to 14 AWG 4 to 16 mm 2 / 14 to 6 AWG 

2. conductor 0.75 to 2.5 mm 2 / 18 to 14 AWG 0.75 to 2.5 mm 2 / 18 to 14 AWG 4 to 16 mm 2 / 14 to 6 AWG 

1. conductor 0.75 to 4 mm 2 / 18 to 14 AWG 0.75 to 4 mm 2 / 18 to 14 AWG 4 to 16 mm 2 / 14 to 6 AWG 




Tightening torque 1 to 1.5 Nm / 9 to 13 fb-in 1 to 1.5 Nm / 9 to 13 fb-in 4 Nm / 36 fb-in 

KT4-C-W45... 


KT4-C-W54... 


Rated Insulation Voltage U i 

[V] 690 690 


[A} 63 63 

KT4-C-EA41 / -EE41 

Enclosure 

KT4-C-EA55 / -EE55 

Enclosure 

KT4-C-L... 

Indicator Light 

IP Protection IP41 IP55 (with seal and protective membrane) IP54 

Ambient Temperature [°C] - 25...+ 40 - 25...+ 40 ~ 

Rated Operating Voltage [V] ~ ~ 120, 240, 415, 480 



F98 





IEC Performance Data (KT4-C2A) 

-A16 -A25 -A40 -A63 -B10 -B16 -B25 -B40 -B63 -C10 -C16 

Switching of standard three phase motors 

AC-2, AC-3 

230/240V [kW] ~ ~ ~ 0.06/0.09 0.12 0.18/0.25 0.37 0.55/0.75 1.1/1.5 2.2 3.0/4.0 

400/415V [kW] 0.02 0.06 0.09 0.18/.25 0.25 0.37/0.55 .75 1.1/1.5 2.2 3.0/4.0 5.5/7.5 

500V [kW] ~ ~ ~ 0.18 0.25/0.37 0.55/0.75 1.1 1.5/2.2 2.5/3.0 4.0/6.3 7.5/10 

690V [kW] ~ ~ ~ 0.25 0.37/0.55 0.75/1.1 1.8 2.2/3.0 ~ ~ ~ 

Back-up fuses 

gG, aM, only if Icc > Icu 

230/240V [A] 

~ ~ ~ ~ 50 

400/415V [A] ~ ~ ~ 63 50 

No Fuses Required 

500V [A] ~ ~ 63 50 50 

690V [A] 25 35 ~ ~ ~ 

Ultimate short-circuit breaking capacity Icu 

230/240V [kA] 65 65 65 65 65 65 50 50 50 50 3 

400/415V [kA] 65 65 65 65 65 65 50 10 10 8 6 

500V [kA] 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 3 10 4.5 4.5 

690V [kA] 50 50 50 50 50 50 4.5 2 ~ ~ ~ 

CSA Performance Data (KT4-C2A) 

-A16 -A25 -A40 -A63 -B10 -B16 -B25 -B40 -B63 -C10 -C16 

Maximum short-circuit current 

480V [kA] 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 18 18 10 5 

600V [kA] 42 42 42 42 42 42 10 5 5 5 5 

Motor load 

1-phase 

115V [HP] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 1/10 1/8 1/4 1/2 1 

230V [HP] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 1/10 1/6 1/3 3/4 1 1/2 3 

3-phase 

200V [HP] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 1/2 3/4 1 1/2 2 3 

230V [HP] ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 3/4 1 2 3 5 

460V [HP] ~ ~ ~ ~ 1/2 1 1 1/2 3 5 7 1/2 10 

575V [HP] ~ ~ ~ ~ 3/4 1 2 3 5 10 15 

Auxiliary Contact & Trip Indicator Contact Development 

Contact Open 

Contact Closed 


KT4-C-ASA (NO) 

KT4-C-ASA (NC) 

F 





F99


F 




10000 

2 h 

1 h 

Tripping time t A [s] 

1000 

100 

10 

1 

0.1 

0.01 

KT4-C2A 

Time / current characteristics 

asymmetrical 

symmetrical 

Specified limits in compliance 

with IEC 60947-4-1 from the 

warm state 

0.001 

0.1 1 10 100 

Multiple of the set current I eF 

Dispersion: t A ±20%, I eF ±10% 

1) 

Mean value from 

the cold state 

2) 

The KT4-C2A manual motor starter limits short-circuit current I cc 

(prospective shortcircuit 

current). I D 

is the maximum cut-off current (highest instantaneous value of the 

limited short-circuit current). This value is indicated in the following diagram as a 

function of the system short-circuit current. 

Correspondingly the maximum forward j 2 dt energy is limited. This value is indicated in 

the following diagram as a function of the system short-circuited current. 

KT4-C2A 

1) Operating Current of Thermal Releases: 

The adjustable inverse bimetal trip reliability protects motors against overloads. The 

curve shows the mean operating current at an ambient temperature of 20°C 

starting from cold. 

In equipment at operating temperature, release time is less than or equal to release 

time from the cold state. 

2) Operating Current of Magnetic Releases: 

Electromagnetic instantaneous releases react at a fixed tripping current. 

At the upper thermal release setting, this tripping current is 11 times the set cur 

rent. 

Current To Be Set: 

Thermal releases meet the requirements for a thermal release of a starter in accordance 

with IEC 60947-4-1 f. If a different value is specified (such as reduced I e 

in motors with an ambient temperature higher than 40°C or a site altitude >2000 m 

above sea level), the rated operating current I e 

must be adjusted. 


F100 


KT4 Wiring Diagrams 



Single, Two and Three Phase Connection Diagram 

F 





F101

KT4 Dimensions 


Dimensions in millimeters except where noted 

F 



1) DIN rail (EN 50022-35) 

2) KT4 w/KT4-C-AEA 

3) KT4-C-ASA 

4) KT4-C-SXB or KT4-C-UXA 


KT4-C-WT 

KT4-C-N12 

KT4 with Compact Bus Bar 

KT4-C2A with KT4-C-WT 



F102 


Dimensions 


Dimensions in millimeters except where noted 


KT4-C-EA55 Enclosure 

KT4 Explosion Proof Starter - Type “EV3” 

KT4-C-EE41 Enclosure 

F 





F103


Circuit Protection 

Sprecher+Schuh L8 Supplementary Protectors – General Description ............ M2 

Series L8 Supplementary Protectors – Trip curve “B” ............................................ M4 

Series L8 Supplementary Protectors – Trip curve “C” ............................................ M6 

Series L8 Supplementary Protectors – Trip curve “D” ............................................ M8 

Accessories .................................................................................................... M10 

Technical Information ...................................................................................... M12 

Dimensions ..................................................................................................... M17 

Sprecher+Schuh L9 Miniature Circuit Breakers – General Description .......... M18 

Series L9 UL489 Circuit Breakers – Trip curve “C” .............................................. M20 

Series L9 UL489 Circuit Breakers – Trip curve “D” .............................................. M21 

Accessories .................................................................................................... M22 

Technical Information ...................................................................................... M23 

Dimensions ..................................................................................................... M24 

Circuit Protection Methods ............................................................................... M25 

Applying L8 Supplementary Protectors with UL and NEC Guidelines ................ M26 

Applying L9 Miniature Circuit Breakers with UL and NEC Guidelines ................ M28 

Defining Electrical Standards .......................................................................... M31 

Sprecher + Schuh DIN-rail Mounted Fuse Holders – General Description .... M33 

Series FH7 Fuse Holders – Midget Fuses ............................................................ M34 

Series FH7 Fuse Holders – Class CC Fuses ......................................................... M35 

Series FH7 Fuse Holders – Class J Fuses, 30A .................................................... M36 

Series FH7 Fuse Holders – Class J Fuses, 60A .................................................... M37 

Fuse Block Selection Guide ............................................................................. M38 

M 


Protection 

M1

M 


Protection 

Series L8 

Supplementary 

Protectors 

Supplemental short 

circuit protection for a 

variety of applications 

Sprecher+Schuh Series L8 Supplementary 

Protectors provide supplemental 

overcurrent protection for control 

circuits, solenoids, actuators, appliances, 

business equipment and a range 

of other applications where a high 

performance current limiting device is 

required. Advanced features and global 

approvals make them ideal for use in 

equipment installed throughout the 

world. 

Broad product range 

Series L8 Supplementary Protectors are 

available in up to 20 different current 

ratings from 0.5A to 63A, in one, two 

and three pole configurations. Over 

180 base models are available with a 

full compliment of accessories. 

Devices can be used in applications up 

to 480V AC and 48V DC with interrupting 

capacities up to 10kA. 

Safety features provide 

enhanced protection 

The terminals of Series L8 Supplementary 

Protectors provide IP20 

protection to guard against accidental 

contact with live parts. 

To aid troubleshooting, a color-coded 

indicator provides positive visual indication 

of the device status (green for 

OFF, red for ON) and isolation function. 

Sprecher+Schuh Supplementary 

Protectors also incorporate a trip-free 

mechanism - ensuring that the device 

operation cannot be defeated by holding 

the operator in the ON position. 

Easy installation 

Sprecher+Schuh Supplementary Protectors 

mount on a standard 35mm 

DIN-rail. Wire terminals accept 

multiple conductors, and bus bars can 

be used to quickly distribute power 

to many Supplementary Protectors 

simultaneously. In addition, power to 

the circuit breakers can be fed from 

the line or load side. 

Global approvals for worldwide 

acceptance 

Series L8 Supplementary Protectors 

are UL Recognized for use in 

the United States in accordance with 

NFPA 79 (NEC, National Electrical 

Code). The devices comply with UL 

1077 and CSA 22.2 No.235, meeting 

the requirements for supplementary 

protectors intended for use as overcurrent 

protection where branch circuit 

protection is not required, or is provided 

by another device such as a fuse 

or molded case circuit breaker. These 

Supplementary Protectors also comply 

with IEC 60898 for use in commercial 

and residential applications and are CE 

marked. 


L8 

17.5mm 35mm 52.5mm 

(≈11/16˝) (≈1-3/8˝) (≈2-1/8˝) 

One Pole Two Pole Three Pole 

M2


Three trip characteristics 

All Sprecher+Schuh L8 Supplementary 

Protectors are available with three 

different tripping characteristics, Type 

“B”, “C”, and “D”. The tripping characteristic 

defines the device’s speed of 

response (trip-time) to various levels of 

overcurrent. Figure 1 shows trip-time 

versus overcurrent for Type B, C, and 

D devices. The time-current characteristics 

enable the device to be optimally 

matched to the application. For 

example, PLC outputs that can only 

tolerate minimal overcurrents are best 

protected by Supplementary Protectors 

with Type B trip characteristics. 

Sprecher+Schuh L8 Supplementary 

Protectors are also current limiting 

- interrupting fault currents within one 

half cycle. Current limiting devices 

protect circuit components from damage 

by reducing the peak let-through 

current which causes damaging 

magnetic forces and let-through energy 

which generates heat. 

Compare these advanced features 

Box lug terminals accept #18…#4 

(1.0…25mm 2 ) wire as standard 

Current limiting and interrupting capacity up 

to 5kA at 480VAC. 

Trip-free mechanism; device operation 

cannot be defeated by holding the operator 

in the ON position 

Color coded indicator provides visual 

indication of the device status and isolation 

function 

Available in one, two and three pole; 

one pole + neutral and three pole + neutral 

t [sec] t [min] 

120 

60 

20 

10 

5 

2 

1 

30 

10 

5 

2 

1 

0.5 

0.2 

0.1 

0.05 

0.02 

0.01 

0.005 

0.002 

0.001 

0.0005 

(Curves at 30° C) 

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 15 20 30 40 50 

I / I N 

Figure 1 

Sprecher+Schuh Series L8 

Supplementary Protector 

Trip Characteristics 

Type “B” Characteristic 

Developed primarily to protect conductors 

and low level signal devices such as PLCs. 

Instantaneous trip is three to five times 

the rated current of the Supplementary 

Protector (3~5 x I n ). The fast trip time of 

these devices minimizes damage to control 

circuit conductors from low-level faults. 

Type “C” Characteristic 

Developed primarily for applications with 

moderate inrush currents such as lighting, 

control circuits and coils, computers and 

appliances. Instantaneous trip is five to 

ten times the rated current of the Supplementary 

Protector (5~10 x I n ). The 

higher instantaneous trip level prevents 

nuisance tripping, and components being 

protected can typically withstand higher 

fault currents without being damaged. 

Type “D” Characteristic 

Developed primarily for applications with 

high inrush currents, i.e., transformers, 

power supplies and heaters. Instantaneous 

trip is ten to twenty times the rated current 

of the Supplementary Protector 

(10~20 x I n ). The high instantaneous 

trip level prevents nuisance tripping, and 

components being protected can typically 

withstand higher fault currents without 

being damaged. 

Line and load side terminals accept bus bar 

connections for reduced costs and more 

efficient installation of multiple devices. 

Guarded posidrive terminal screws with 

finger-safe protection to IEC 947-1 

Devices install on standard 35mm DIN-rail 

(EN 50022) 

Magnetic trip elements provide Type B, 

C and D trip characteristics (IEC and EN 

60898), while bimetallic elements protect 

against slight overloads. 

Amp rating and trip curve characteristic 

clearly marked on the device for easy 

identification 

M 


Protection 

L8 

M3

L8 Supplementary Protectors 

Trip Characteristic B 

M 


Protection 

Trip Characteristic B (3~5 x I N ) – Resistive or slightly inductive loads 

Rated 

Current 

(A) 


1 Pole 2 Pole 3 Pole 

Price 

Std. 

Pkg. Catalog Number Price 

Std. 


1 L8-1/1/B 36 12 L8-1/2/B 78 6 L8-1/3/B 118 4 

2 L8-2/1/B 36 12 L8-2/2/B 78 6 L8-2/3/B 118 4 

3 L8-3/1/B 36 12 L8-3/2/B 78 6 L8-3/3/B 118 4 

4 L8-4/1/B 36 12 L8-4/2/B 78 6 L8-4/3/B 118 4 

5 L8-5/1/B 36 12 L8-5/2/B 78 6 L8-5/3/B 118 4 

6 L8-6/1/B 36 12 L8-6/2/B 78 6 L8-6/3/B 118 4 

7 L8-7/1/B 36 12 L8-7/2/B 78 6 L8-7/3/B 118 4 

8 L8-8/1/B 36 12 L8-8/2/B 78 6 L8-8/3/B 118 4 

10 L8-10/1/B 36 12 L8-10/2/B 78 6 L8-10/3/B 118 4 

13 L8-13/1/B 36 12 L8-13/2/B 78 6 L8-13/3/B 118 4 

15 L8-15/1/B 36 12 L8-15/2/B 78 6 L8-15/3/B 118 4 

16 L8-16/1/B 36 12 L8-16/2/B 78 6 L8-16/3/B 118 4 

20 L8-20/1/B 38 12 L8-20/2/B 86 6 L8-20/3/B 130 4 

25 L8-25/1/B 38 12 L8-25/2/B 88 6 L8-25/3/B 132 4 

30 L8-30/1/B 38 12 L8-30/2/B 88 6 L8-30/3/B 132 4 

32 L8-32/1/B 40 12 L8-32/2/B 94 6 L8-32/3/B 142 4 

40 L8-40/1/B 42 12 L8-40/2/B 98 6 L8-40/3/B 148 4 

50 L8-50/1/B 48 12 L8-50/2/B 112 6 L8-50/3/B 170 4 

63 L8-63/1/B 56 12 L8-63/2/B 128 6 L8-63/3/B 194 4 

Std. 

Pkg. 


L8 

M4 

Discount Schedule B-8


Trip Characteristic B 


Trip Characteristic B (3~5 x I N ) – Resistive or slightly inductive loads 

Rated 

Current 

(A) 

1 Pole + Neutral 3 Pole + Neutral 


Price 

Std. 

Pkg. Catalog Number 

Price 

1 L8-1/1N-2/B 62 6 L8-1/3N/B 142 3 

2 L8-2/1N-2/B 62 6 L8-2/3N/B 142 3 

4 L8-4/1N-2/B 62 6 L8-4/3N/B 142 3 

6 L8-6/1N-2/B 62 6 L8-6/3N/B 142 3 

8 L8-8/1N-2/B 62 6 L8-8/3N/B 142 3 

10 L8-10/1N-2/B 62 6 L8-10/3N/B 142 3 

13 L8-13/1N-2/B 62 6 L8-13/3N/B 142 3 

16 L8-16/1N-2/B 62 6 L8-16/3N/B 142 3 

20 L8-20/1N-2/B 74 6 L8-20/3N/B 166 3 

25 L8-25/1N-2/B 74 6 L8-25/3N/B 166 3 

32 L8-32/1N-2/B 74 6 L8-32/3N/B 166 3 

40 L8-40/1N-2/B 74 6 L8-40/3N/B 166 3 

50 L8-50/1N-2/B 94 8 L8-50/3N/B 216 3 

63 L8-63/1N-2/B 102 8 L8-63/3N/B 240 3 

All Supplementary Protectors + neutral are special order. 

Std. 

Pkg. 

M 


Protection 

L8 

Discount Schedule B-8 

M5


Trip Characteristic C 

M 


Protection 

Trip Characteristic C (5~10 x I N ) – Inductive loads 

Rated 

Current 

(A) 



Price 

Std. 


Price 

Std. 


0.5 L8-.5/1/C 42 12 L8-.5/2/C 96 6 L8-.5/3/C 138 4 

1 L8-1/1/C 42 12 L8-1/2/C 96 6 L8-1/3/C 138 4 

2 L8-2/1/C 42 12 L8-2/2/C 96 6 L8-2/3/C 138 4 

3 L8-3/1/C 42 12 L8-3/2/C 96 6 L8-3/3/C 138 4 

4 L8-4/1/C 42 12 L8-4/2/C 96 6 L8-4/3/C 138 4 

5 L8-5/1/C 42 12 L8-5/2/C 96 6 L8-5/3/C 138 4 

6 L8-6/1/C 42 12 L8-6/2/C 96 6 L8-6/3/C 138 4 

7 L8-7/1/C 42 12 L8-7/2/C 96 6 L8-7/3/C 138 4 

8 L8-8/1/C 42 12 L8-8/2/C 96 6 L8-8/3/C 138 4 

10 L8-10/1/C 42 12 L8-10/2/C 96 6 L8-10/3/C 138 4 

13 L8-13/1/C 42 12 L8-13/2/C 96 6 L8-13/3/C 138 4 

15 L8-15/1/C 42 12 L8-15/2/C 96 6 L8-15/3/C 138 4 

16 L8-16/1/C 42 12 L8-16/2/C 96 6 L8-16/3/C 138 4 

20 L8-20/1/C 42 12 L8-20/2/C 96 6 L8-20/3/C 138 4 

25 L8-25/1/C 46 12 L8-25/2/C 106 6 L8-25/3/C 156 4 

30 L8-30/1/C 46 12 L8-30/2/C 106 6 L8-30/3/C 156 4 

32 L8-32/1/C 48 12 L8-32/2/C 106 6 L8-32/3/C 158 4 

40 L8-40/1/C 52 12 L8-40/2/C 116 6 L8-40/3/C 174 4 

50 L8-50/1/C 60 12 L8-50/2/C 136 6 L8-50/3/C 200 4 

63 L8-63/1/C 68 12 L8-63/2/C 152 6 L8-63/3/C 228 4 

Price 

Std. 

Pkg. 


L8 

M6 






Rated 

Current 

(A) 



Price 

Std. 


Price 

1 L8-1/1N-2/C 84 6 L8-1/3N/C 200 3 

2 L8-2/1N-2/C 84 6 L8-2/3N/C 200 3 

4 L8-4/1N-2/C 84 6 L8-4/3N/C 200 3 

5 L8-5/1N-2/C 84 6 Not Available ~ ~ 

6 L8-6/1N-2/C 84 6 L8-6/3N/C 200 3 

8 L8-8/1N-2/C 84 6 L8-8/3N/C 200 3 

10 L8-10/1N-2/C 84 6 L8-10/3N/C 200 3 

13 L8-13/1N-2/C 84 6 L8-13/3N/C 200 3 

16 L8-16/1N-2/C 84 6 L8-16/3N/C 200 3 

20 L8-20/1N-2/C 84 6 L8-20/3N/C 200 3 

25 L8-25/1N-2/C 90 6 L8-25/3N/C 210 3 

32 L8-32/1N-2/C 92 6 L8-32/3N/C 212 3 

40 L8-40/1N-2/C 96 6 L8-40/3N/C 228 3 

50 L8-50/1N-2/C 122 8 L8-50/3N/C 276 3 

63 L8-63/1N-2/C 130 8 L8-63/3N/C 304 3 


Std. 

Pkg. 

M 


Protection 

L8 


M7


Trip Characteristic D 

M 


Protection 

Trip Characteristic D (10~20 x I N ) – Highly inductive loads 

Rated 

Current 

(A) 



Price 

Std. 


Price 

Std. 


0.5 L8-.5/1/D 42 12 L8-.5/2/D 96 6 Not Available ~ ~ 

1 L8-1/1/D 42 12 L8-1/2/D 96 6 L8-1/3/D 138 4 

2 L8-2/1/D 42 12 L8-2/2/D 96 6 L8-2/3/D 138 4 

3 L8-3/1/D 42 12 L8-3/2/D 96 6 L8-3/3/D 138 4 

4 L8-4/1/D 42 12 L8-4/2/D 96 6 L8-4/3/D 138 4 

5 L8-5/1/D 42 12 L8-5/2/D 96 6 L8-5/3/D 138 4 

6 L8-6/1/D 42 12 L8-6/2/D 96 6 L8-6/3/D 138 4 

7 L8-7/1/D 42 12 L8-7/2/D 96 6 L8-7/3/D 138 4 

8 L8-8/1/D 42 12 L8-8/2/D 96 6 L8-8/3/D 138 4 

10 L8-10/1/D 42 12 L8-10/2/D 96 6 L8-10/3/D 138 4 

13 L8-13/1/D 42 12 L8-13/2/D 96 6 L8-13/3/D 138 4 

15 L8-15/1/D 42 12 L8-15/2/D 96 6 L8-15/3/D 138 4 

16 L8-16/1/D 42 12 L8-16/2/D 96 6 L8-16/3/D 138 4 

20 L8-20/1/D 42 12 L8-20/2/D 96 6 L8-20/3/D 138 4 

25 L8-25/1/D 46 12 L8-25/2/D 106 6 L8-25/3/D 156 4 

30 L8-30/1/D 46 12 L8-30/2/D 106 6 L8-30/3/D 156 4 

32 L8-32/1/D 48 12 L8-32/2/D 106 6 L8-32/3/D 158 4 

40 L8-40/1/D 52 12 L8-40/2/D 116 6 L8-40/3/D 174 4 

Price 

Std. 

Pkg. 


L8 

M8 






Rated 

Current 

(A) 



Price 

Std. 


Price 

1 L8-1/1N-2/D 84 6 L8-1/3N/D 200 3 

2 L8-2/1N-2/D 84 6 L8-2/3N/D 200 3 

4 L8-4/1N-2/D 84 6 L8-4/3N/D 200 3 

6 L8-6/1N-2/D 84 6 L8-6/3N/D 200 3 

8 L8-8/1N-2/D 84 6 L8-8/3N/D 200 3 

10 L8-10/1N-2/D 84 6 L8-10/3N/D 200 3 

13 L8-13/1N-2/D 84 6 L8-13/3N/D 200 3 

16 L8-16/1N-2/D 84 6 L8-16/3N/D 200 3 

20 L8-20/1N-2/D 84 6 L8-20/3N/D 200 3 

25 L8-25/1N-2/D 90 6 L8-25/3N/D 210 3 

32 L8-32/1N-2/D 92 6 L8-32/3N/D 212 3 

40 L8-40/1N-2/D 96 6 L8-40/3N/D 228 3 


Std. 

Pkg. 

M 


Protection 

L8 


M9

Accessories 


Accessories 

M 


Protection 

Module 

Description 

Selectable Two Pole Auxiliary Contact or 

Auxiliary / Signal Alarm Module – 

• Small set-screw alternates between 

operational modes 

• Two Form C (two changeover contacts) 

• Installs on left side of L8 

• Auxiliary contact switches when L8 is 

operated manually or tripped electrically 

• Signal Alarm contact switches only when 

L8 is tripped electrically 

Shunt Trip – 

• Remotely trips the device 


Undervoltage Release – 

• Prevents device from operating unless 

voltage is present 


• Test button 

For use 

with… 

All L8s 

& Shunt 

Trip 

All L8s 

12…110VAC 

110…415VAC 

All L8s 

115 VAC 

230 VAC 

Connection 

Diagrams Catalog Number Price 

Two pole auxiliary mode 

Auxiliary / Signal alarm mode 

LX-AHS3 71 

Z8-ASA24 

Z8-ASA230 

Z8-USA115 

Z8-USA230 

Allowable Combinations of Field Installed Modules 

(1) Auxiliary Contact Module 

(1) Selectable Two Pole Auxiliary Contact Module / Auxiliary & Signal Alarm 

Contact Module 

(1) Shunt Trip Module 

(1) Undervoltage Release Module 

(1) Auxiliary Contact Module + (1) Shunt Trip Module 

All modules install on the left side of the L8. 

186 

186 

292 


L8 

M10 


Accessories 



Accessories 

Accessory Description For use with… Catalog Number Price 

Bus Bar – ➊ 

• Connects one, two and three pole L8s 

• Connects one pole + neutral and three 

pole + neutral MCBs 

• Rated to 80A 

• Available in 1 meter lengths 

• IEC rated only 

End Caps – ➋ 

• Covers end of Bus Bar to provide touch 

safe protection (minimum order quantity 

10) 

Padlock Hasp – 

• Fits securely over switch handle. Prevents 

unauthorized activation of L8 during 

maintenance 

• Provision for one padlock 

DIN-rail - 2 meter lengths (6' 6") 

All L8 one pole devices 

All L8 two pole devices & 

one pole + neutral 

All L8 three pole devices 

All L8 three pole + 

neutral devices 

Fits ZV7-16-1P+N-2TE & 

ZV7-16-3P-3TE 

Fits ZV7-16-3P+N-4TE 

ZV7-16-1P-1TE 

ZV7-16-1P+N-2TE 

ZV7-16-3P-3TE 

ZV7-16-3P+N-4TE 

ZV7-16-AK/2+3P 

ZV7-16-AK/4P 

51 

140 

176 

238 

All L8 MCBs HA7-SPE 12 

Top Hat, low profile (price per rail) 3F 28.50 

Top Hat, high profile (price per rail) 3AF 43.75 

➊ Each bus bar accommodates: 

1 pole bus connects 57 devices 



Total current must not exceed 80A per bus. 

➋ Sold in packages of 10. Price indicated is price per piece. 

Minimum order quantity 10. 

3 

3 

M 


Protection 

L8 


M11

Technical Data 


M 


Protection 

L8 


General Data B Curve C Curve D Curve 

Resistive or slightly resistive Inductive Loads Highly Inductive Loads 

Tripping Characteristic I n 3…5 x I n 5…10 x I n 10…20 x I n 

Approvals UR, CSA, VDE, CE UR, CSA, VDE, CE UR, VDE, CE 

Maximum Voltage Ratings 

UL/CSA 

IEC 

(All models ) IEC-EN 60 898 / VDE 0641 / DIN 43 880 

1-pole [V] 277VAC; 48VDC 277VAC; 48VDC 277VAC; 48VDC 

1-pole + neutral [V] 277VAC 277VAC 277VAC 

2-pole [V] 480Y/277VAC; 125VDC 480Y/277VAC; 125VDC 480Y/277VAC; 125VDC 

3-pole [V] 480Y/277VAC 480Y/277VAC 480Y/277VAC 

3-pole + neutral [V] 480Y/277VAC 480Y/277VAC 480Y/277VAC 

1-pole [V] 240/415VAC 240/415VAC 240/415VAC 


2-pole [V] 415VAC 415VAC 415VAC 

3-pole [V] 415VAC 415VAC 415VAC 


Supplementary Protector 

Approvals UL 1077, CSA 22.2 No. 235 

Current Range [A] 1…63 0.5…63 0.5…40 

Thermal Tripping Characteristic 1.55 x I n @ 30°C Cu 75°C 

Withstand Rating, 1-pole without Series Fuse [kA] 5 @ 277VAC U1 

Withstand Rating, Multi-pole with Series Fuse [kA] 5 @ 480Y / 277VAC C1 

Withstand Rating, All poles without Series Fuse [kA] 1 pole 10 @ 48VDC U1; 2 pole in series 10 @ 125VDC U1 

Miniature Circuit Breaker 

Approvals 

IEC / EN 60 898 (VDE) IEC / EN 60 947-2 (GL) 

Current Range [A] 1…63 0.5…63 0.5…40 

Thermal Tripping Characteristic 

>1 hr. at 1.13 x I n 



Technical Data (continued) 


Circuit Diagrams 

1 pole 1 pole + neutral 2 pole 3 pole 3 pole + neutral 

Back up Protection 

Supplementary Protectors / Fuses: The following table shows the maximum short 

circuit current when fuses meeting the requirements of IEC 60269-1 are used as 

backup protection to MCBs. 

Miniature Circuit 

Breaker 

Characteristic B 

Characteristic C 

Mechanical Data 


Rated 

Current (I n ) 

Upstream Fuse 

100A 160A 200A 

1…10A 40kA 25kA 25kA 

10…50A 50kA 40kA 25kA 

63A 50kA 40kA 10kA 

Mechanical endurance [ops.] 6,000 (1 operation = 2 switching movements – ON/OFF 

Method of mounting 

Supply connection 

Terminations 

Terminal type 

Wire size 

360˚ 

360˚ 

IP20 

35mm mounting rail (EN50022 

Line or load side 

solid / stranded [mm 2 ] / (AWG) 1.0…2.5 (18…8 

Recommended Wire Strip Length [mm] / (in.) 13 / 0.5 

Tightening torque [Nm] / [lb-in] 2.4 / 21.2 

Weight / pole [g] / [lb] 120 / 0.32 

Mounting Position 

M 


Protection 

L8 


M13



M 


Protection 

L8 


Continuous Current Rating Factor 

Accessories 

➊ When using two wires, use same cross section. 

Rated Diversity Factor 

When multiple supplementary protectors are mounted side by side, they must be 

derated to determine the load carrying capacity. 

Auxiliaries Undervoltage Release Shunt Trip 

Z8-AHK, NHK Z8-USA… Z8-ASA… 

Degree of protection (Field Wiring Terminals) IP20 (IP 00) IP20 (IP 00) IP20 (IP 00) 

Minimum Impulse Duration [ms] ~ ~ >15 

Minimum Command Time [ms] ~ ~ ≤200 

Operating Voltage [V] ~ U n - 115V (Z7-USA115) 12…110VAC (Z7-ASA24) 

U min - 50V 

12…60VDC 

~ U n - 230/240 (Z7-USA230) 110…415VAC (Z7-ASA230) 

U min - 110V 

110…230VDC 

Inrush Current [mA] ~ 3.6 / 44 (AC/DC) 25 / 12 (AC 

Dropout ~ 0.7…0.35 x U s ~ 

15 / 2 (DC) 

Voltage Range [V] ~ ~ 0.7…1.1 x U s 

Max. operational current I e ~ ~ 

AC13 250V [A] 3 ~ ~ 

IEC AC15 250V [A] 2 ~ ~ 

DC12 110V [A] 0.5 ~ ~ 

UL1077 / AC 230V [A] 2 ~ ~ 

CSA22.2 DC 110V [A] 0.5 ~ ~ 

Auxiliaries Undervoltage Release Shunt Trip 

Z8-AHK, NHK Z8-USA… Z8-ASA… 

Mechanical Life-span [ops] 6000 10000 4000 

Terminations ➊ 

Terminal type 

Wire size 

solid / stranded 

1 conductor 

2 conductors 

0.5…2.5 (18…14) 

0.5…2.5 (18…14) 

0.5…4 (18…14) 

0.5…2.5 (18…14) 

1.0…25 (18…8) 

1.0…4 (18…12) 

Tightening torque [Nm] / [lb-in] 0.8 / 7 1.1 / 10 2.4 / 21 

Weight [g] / [lbs] 45 / 0.1 155 / 0.4 155 / 0.4 


M14 


Dimensions 




Let-through energy I 2 t [A 2 sec] 


80000 

70000 

60000 

50000 

40000 

30000 

20000 

15000 

10000 

9000 

8000 

7000 

6000 

5000 

4000 

3000 

2000 

1500 

1000 

900 

800 

700 

600 

500 

400 

300 

80000 

70000 

60000 

50000 

40000 

30000 

20000 

15000 

10000 

9000 

8000 

7000 

6000 

5000 

4000 

3000 

2000 

1500 

1000 

900 

800 

700 

600 

500 

400 

300 

500 

1000 

Maximum let-through energy L8 

Type B 

1500 

2000 

3000 

4000 

5000 

Available short-circuit current [A] 


Type C 

6000 

7000 

8000 

9000 

10000 

15000 

B63 

B50 

B40 

B13 B16 

B20 

B25 B32 

B10 

B6 

B4 

B2 

C63 

C50 

C32 

C25 C40 

C16 

C20 

C13 

C10 

C6 

C4 

C3.5 

C3 

C2 

C2.5 

C1.5 

C1 

C0.5 

Let-through current [A] 


10000 

9000 

8000 

7000 

6000 

5000 

4000 

3000 

2000 

1500 

1000 

500 

10000 

9000 

8000 

7000 

6000 

5000 

4000 

3000 

2000 

1500 

1000 

500 

500 

Maximum let-through current L8 

Type B 

1000 

1500 

2000 

3000 

4000 

6000 

Available short circuit current [A] 


Type C 

7000 

8000 

9000 

10000 

15000 

B20B25B32B40B50B63 

B13 

B16 

B10 

B4 B6 

B2 

C63 

C50 

C40 

C32 

C25 

C20 

C16 

C13 

C10 

C4 C6 

C3 C3.5 

C2.5 

C2 

C1.5 

C1 

M 


Protection 

500 

1000 

1500 

2000 

3000 

4000 

5000 


6000 

7000 

8000 

9000 

10000 

15000 

500 

1000 

1500 

2000 

3000 

4000 

6000 


7000 

8000 

9000 

10000 

15000 

L8 


M15




M 


Protection 


80000 

70000 

60000 

50000 

40000 

30000 

20000 

15000 

10000 

9000 

8000 

7000 

6000 

5000 

4000 

3000 

2000 

1500 

1000 

900 

800 

700 

600 

500 

400 

300 

500 

1000 


Type D 

1500 

2000 

3000 

4000 

5000 


6000 

7000 

8000 

9000 

10000 

15000 

D6 

D40 

D32 

D20 

D16 

D25 

D13 

D10 

D4 

D2 


10000 

9000 

8000 

7000 

6000 

5000 

4000 

3000 

2000 

1500 

1000 

500 

500 


Type D 

1000 

1500 

2000 

3000 

4000 

6000 


7000 

8000 

9000 

10000 

15000 

D40 

D32 

D25 

D20 

D16 

D13 

D10 

D6 

D4 

D2 


L8 

M16 


Dimensions 



• Dimensions are in millimeters 

• Dimensions not intended for manufacturing purposes 





L8 Supplementary Protectors (Series L8…B, C & D) 

1-pole 2-pole and 3-pole 3-pole + neutral 

1-pole + neutral 

One & Two Pole Auxiliary Contact, Signal Alarm Contact (LX-AHS3) 

Shunt Trip & Undervoltage Release Modules (Z8-ASA…& Z8-USA…) 

Shunt Trip 


M 


Protection 

L8 


M17

M 

Series L9 

UL-489 Miniature 

Circuit Breakers 

Industrial Circuit 

Breakers for Branch 


up to 40 Amps 

Sprecher+Schuh includes a new line of 

circuit breakers approved for branch 

circuit applications in the United 

States and Canada and certified as a 

Miniature Circuit Breaker for IEC 

applications. The Sprecher + Schuh 

Breakers are UL489 listed and CSA 

22.2 No. 5.1 to provide branch Circuit 

Breakers to IEC 60 947-2. 

Broad product range & 

flexibility 

The Sprecher + Schuh L9 Miniature 

Circuit Breakers provide a variety 

of product configurations by offering 

current ranges of 0.5A to 40A 

with voltage ranges of 240V AC and 

480Y/277V AC. The Series L9 DIN 

Rail-mounted circuit breakers are 

similar in width and current range to 

circuit breakers with the added benefit 

of providing listed branch circuit protection 

circuit breaker for US/Canada 

applications. 

Also available for control circuit applications 

are add-on auxiliary and 

signal contacts plus shunt trip modules 

to provide modern control circuit 

applications. A lock-off attachment is 

available for applications requiring that 

feature. 

Safety features provide 

enhanced protection 

The series L9 Miniature Circuit Breakers 

feature finger-safe IPX/2 from the 

front of the circuit breaker to guard 

against accidental contact with live 

parts. 

To aid troubleshooting, a color-coded 

indicator provides positive visual indication 

of the device status (green for OFF, 

red for ON and isolation function). 

The Series L9 also incorporate a trip 

free mechanism - ensuring that the 

device operation cannot be defeated 

by holding the operator in the ON 

position. 

Easy installation 

The Series L9 Miniature Circuit Breakers 

mount on a standard 35mm DINrail. 

Wire terminals accept multiple 

conductors. In addition, power to the 

circuit breakers can be fed from the 

line or load side. 

Global approvals for 

worldwide acceptance 

The Sprecher + Schuh L9 Circuit 

Breakers are UL489 listed, CSA 22.2 

No. 5.1 approved and meets IEC 

60 947-2. The Series L9 also have 

an HACR rating (heating and air 

conditioning) as well as a "Switching 

Duty" (SWD) rating from 0.5 to 20A. 

Switching Duty ratings are related to 

fluorescent light applications only, not 

High intensity discharge (HID) lights 

or any other types of loads. Advanced 

features and global approvals make 

the Series L9 an ideal product for 

use in industrial equipment installed 

throughout the world. 



Protection 

L9 

M18 

17.5mm 35mm 52.5mm 

(≈11/16˝) (≈1-3/8˝) (≈2-1/8˝) 

One Pole Two Pole Three Pole

L9 UL489 Miniature Circuit Breakers 

Series L9 


Product Design & 

Application 

The Series L9 products are thermalmagnetic 

(inverse time) circuit breakers 

offering the benefits of a modern 

circuit breaker design in a compact 

size. The L9 is used mainly in control 

circuit applications where branch 

circuit approved circuit breakers are 

required. 

Because of its range of protection 

(from 0.5 to 40A) many customers 

may use this product for protection 

of load devices where fuses or 

other supplementary protector devices 

previously were used in the U.S. and 

Canada. 

Protection of PLC I/O, solenoids, 

power supplies and control transformers 

along with providing the listed 

branch circuit protection is available in 

one device. 

Box lug terminals accept 

#18…#6 AWG wire as 

standard 

Current limiting and 

interrupting capacity up to 

10kA at 480Y/277V AC. 

Trip-free mechanism; 

device operation cannot 

be defeated by holding the 

operator in the ON position 

Color coded indicator 

provides visual indication 

of the device status and 

isolation function 

Available in one, two and 

three pole; 

Description 

L9 Circuit Breakers for Branch Circuit 

protection are available one (1)-, two 

(2-), and three (3-) pole construction 

and are rated 0.5 to 40A at 240VC AC 

and 0.5 to 20A at 480Y/277V AC for 

North American applications (UL 489 

and CSA 22.2 No. 5.1). For IEC applications, 

the products are rated 415V 

AC 0.5 to 40A. 

Continuous Current Rating 

Standard current ratings are: 0.5A, 1A, 

1.5A, 2A, 3A, 4A, 5A, 6A, 7A, 8A, 

10A, 15A, 16A, 20A, 25A, 30A, 32A, 

35A and 40A. 

The L9 circuit breakers are rated in 

RMS amperes at 40°C (104°F) ambient 

temperature per the UL 489 (XSA 

22.2 No. 5.1) standard. This temperature 

is generally used as the average 

temperature within an industrial 

enclosure. If a circuit breaker is applied 

in a temperature that exceeds 40°C 

(104°F) ambient, then the circuit 

Compare these advanced features 

Line and load side terminals 

accept bus bar connections 

for reduced costs and more 

efficient installation of 

multiple devices. 

Guarded posidrive terminal 

screws with finger-safe 

protection to IEC 947-1 

Devices install on standard 

35mm DIN-rail (EN 50022) 

Magnetic trip elements 

provide Type C and D trip 

characteristics (IEC and EN 

60898), while bimetallic 

elements protect against 

slight overloads. 

Amp rating and trip curve 

characteristic clearly marked 

on the device for easy 

identification. 

breaker should be derated. For IEC 60 

947-2 standard, the products carry an 

ambient rating of 30 C. Follow standard 

IEC application considerations 

for temperature rating in different 

ambient temperatures. 

The characteristic trip curves are 

shown on page M29. The trip bands 

shown for each breaker represent 

current tripping limits for a circuit 

breaker and are within the limits established 

by UL. For a specific current 

at 40°C (104°F), a circuit breaker will 

open ("clear the circuit") automatically 

at some total time that will be within 

the "Minimum" and "Maximum" 

time shown on the curves. 

Example: The L9 time-current graph 

on page M29 shows that a one-pole, 

15 A, L9 circuit breaker trips in not 

less than 10 sec, and not more than 

120 sec. on a 30 A current. Because 

the UL standard defines this time 

spread, users should not specify exact 

tripping time. The lower current portion 

of the curves (upper left) depict 

the time to trip due to thermal action 

and reflect overload protection of the 

wire and connect load. The higher 

current portion of the curves (lower 

right) depicts the trip due to the magnetic 

action of the circuit breaker and 

reflects protection due to short circuit 

level currents. 

M 


Protection 

L9 

M19



M 


Protection 


➊ 

UL/CSA 

Max. 

Volt. 

480Y/277 

240 

Rated 

Current 

(A) 



Price 

Std. 


Std. 


0.5 L9-.5/1/C 97 2 L9-.5/2/C 185 1 L9-.5/3/C 251 1 

1 L9-1/1/C 97 2 L9-1/2/C 185 1 L9-1/3/C 251 1 

1.5 L9-1.5/1/C 97 2 L9-1.5/2/C 185 1 L9-1.5/3/C 251 1 

2 L9-2/1/C 97 2 L9-2/2/C 185 1 L9-2/3/C 251 1 

3 L9-3/1/C 97 2 L9-3/2/C 185 1 L9-3/3/C 251 1 

4 L9-4/1/C 97 2 L9-4/2/C 185 1 L9-4/3/C 251 1 

5 L9-5/1/C 97 2 L9-5/2/C 185 1 L9-5/3/C 251 1 

6 L9-6/1/C 97 2 L9-6/2/C 185 1 L9-6/3/C 251 1 

7 L9-7/1/C 97 2 L9-7/2/C 185 1 L9-7/3/C 251 1 

8 L9-8/1/C 97 2 L9-8/2/C 185 1 L9-8/3/C 251 1 

10 L9-10/1/C 97 2 L9-10/2/C 185 1 L9-10/3/C 251 1 

13 L9-13/1/C 97 2 L9-13/2/C 185 1 L9-13/3/C 251 1 

15 L9-15/1/C 97 2 L9-15/2/C 185 1 L9-15/3/C 251 1 

16 L9-16/1/C 97 2 L9-16/2/C 185 1 L9-16/3/C 251 1 

20 L9-20/1/C 97 2 L9-20/2/C 185 1 L9-20/3/C 251 1 

25 L9-25/1/C 107 2 L9-25/2/C 198 1 L9-25/3/C 251 1 

30 L9-30/1/C 110 2 L9-30/2/C 211 1 L9-30/3/C 279 1 

32 L9-32/1/C 110 2 L9-32/2/C 211 1 L9-32/3/C 279 1 

35 L9-35/1/C 110 2 L9-35/2/C 211 1 L9-35/3/C 279 1 

40 L9-40/1/C 115 2 L9-40/2/C 227 1 L9-40/3/C 292 1 

L9 Miniature Circuit Breaker Features: 

• UL-489 listed for Branch Circuit protection and CSSA 22.2 No. 5.1 Approved 

• Thermal magnetic protection 

• Trip characterisitc based on 40°C ambient for UL/CSA 

• 10kA interrupting rating 

• All ratings are HACR rated (SWD rated up to 20 A) 

• Finger safe design (front) 

• DIN rail mounting 

Std. 

Pkg. 


L9 

➊ Rated 415V AC IEC max/min meets IEC 60947-2 for miniature circuit breakers. 

M20 Discount Schedule B-8





➊ 

UL/CSA 

Max. 

Volt. 

480Y/277 

240 

Rated 

Current 

(A) 



Price 

Std. 


Std. 


0.5 L9-.5/1/D 97 2 L9-.5/2/D 186 1 L9-1,5/3/D 256 1 

1 L9-1/1/D 97 2 L9-1/2/D 186 1 L9-1/3/D 256 1 

1.5 L9-1.5/1/D 97 2 L9-1.5/2/D 186 1 L9-1.5/3/D 256 1 

2 L9-2/1/D 97 2 L9-2/2/D 186 1 L9-2/3/D 256 1 

3 L9-3/1/D 97 2 L9-3/2/D 186 1 L9-3/3/D 256 1 

4 L9-4/1/D 97 2 L9-4/2/D 186 1 L9-4/3/D 256 1 

5 L9-5/1/D 97 2 L9-5/2/D 186 1 L9-5/3/D 256 1 

6 L9-6/1/D 97 2 L9-6/2/D 186 1 L9-6/3/D 256 1 

7 L9-7/1/D 97 2 L9-7/2/D 186 1 L9-7/3/D 256 1 

8 L9-8/1/D 97 2 L9-8/2/D 186 1 L9-8/3/D 256 1 

10 L9-10/1/D 97 2 L9-10/2/D 186 1 L9-10/3/D 256 1 

13 L9-13/1/D 97 2 L9-13/2/D 186 1 L9-13/3/D 256 1 

15 L9-15/1/D 97 2 L9-15/2/D 186 1 L9-15/3/D 256 1 

16 L9-16/1/D 97 2 L9-16/2/D 186 1 L9-16/3/D 256 1 

20 L9-20/1/D 97 2 L9-20/2/D 186 1 L9-20/3/D 256 1 

25 L9-25/1/D 107 2 L9-25/2/D 199 1 L9-25/3/D 285 1 

30 L9-30/1/D 110 2 L9-30/2/D 199 1 L9-30/3/D 285 1 

32 L9-32/1/D 110 2 L9-32/2/D 199 1 L9-32/3/D 285 1 

35 L9-35/1/D 115 2 L9-35/2/D 199 1 L9-35/3/D 285 1 

40 L9-40/1/D 115 2 L9-40/2/D 212 1 L9-40/3/D 310 1 

L9 Miniature Circuit Breaker Features: 

• UL-489 listed for Branch Circuit protection and CSSA 22.2 No. 5.1 Approved 

• Thermal magnetic protection 

• Trip characterisitc based on 40°C ambient for UL/CSA 

• 10kA interrupting rating 

• All ratings are HACR rated (SWD rated up to 20 A) 

• Finger safe design (front) 

• DIN rail mounting 

Std. 

Pkg. 

M 


Protection 

➊ Rated 415V AC IEC max/min meets IEC 60947-2 for miniature circuit breakers. 

L9 


M21

Accessories 

Series L9 UL489 Miniature Circuit Breakers 

M 


Protection 

L9 

Accessories 

Module 

Auxiliary 

LX-AHS3 

X 

X 

+ 

Shunt 

L9-AAST... 

X 

X 

Description 

Selectable Two Pole Auxiliary Contact or 

Auxiliary / Signal Alarm Module – 

• Small set-screw alternates between 

operational modes 

• Two Form C (two changeover contacts) 


• Auxiliary contact switches when L9 is 

operated manually or tripped electrically 

• Signal Alarm contact switches only when 

L9 is tripped electrically 

Shunt Trip – 

• Remotely trips the device 


Padlock Hasp – 

• Fits securely over switch handle. Prevents 

unauthorized activation of L9 during 

maintenance 

DIN-rail - 2 meter lengths (6' 6") 

For use 

with… 

All L9s 

& Shunt 

Trip 

All L9s 

110…415VAC 

12…110VAC 

Connection 

Diagrams Catalog Number Price 

Two pole auxiliary mode 

Auxiliary / Signal alarm mode 

LX-AHS3 71 

L9-ASTA1 

L9-ASTA2 

All L9s L9-AALOA 20 

Top Hat, low profile (price per rail) 3F 28.50 

Top Hat, high profile (price per rail) 3AF 43.75 

L9-... 

Allowable Combinations of Accessories per Supplementary Protectors → 

(read left to right) 

X 

X 

X 

Allowable Combinations of Field Installed Modules 

(1) Selectable Two Pole Auxiliary Contact Module / Auxiliary & Signal Alarm 

Contact Module 

(1) Shunt Trip Module 

(1) Auxiliary Contact Module + (1) Shunt Trip Module 

All modules install on the left side of the Supplementary Protectors. 

76 







General Data 

Number of Poles 1, 2 and 3 

Standards UL 489 

Certifications 

CSA 22.2 No. 5.1 

IEC 60 947-2 

UL Listed Circuit Breaker 

CSA Certified, CE 

HACR Rating (USA/Canada) 

Yes 

SWD Rating (USA/Canada) Yes (0.5...20 A) 

Calibration Temperature 40°C 

Rated Interrupting Capacity 

Rated Tripping Current 


Normal Operating Environment 

Trip Curves 

Shipment and Short-Term Storage Limits 

Wire Size 

Terminal Torque 

Recommended Wire Strip Length 

Auxillaries 

Auxiliary Contact, 

2 sets, each are Form C, 

1 NO & 1 NC 

LX-AHS3 

UL/CSA: 10 000 AIC 

IEC - lcu: 10 000 A 

UL/CSA: 0.5...20 A, 480Y/277V AC 

0.5...40 A, 240V AC 

IEC: 0.5...40 A, 415V AC 

Finger-safe from front: 

-IP20 per IEC 529 from front 

-IP00 at wire terminals 

-25...55°C (23...104°F) (non-condensing) 

C curve (inductive) 5...10 IN 

D curve (Highly inductive) 10...20 IN 

-40..85°C (-40...185°F) 

1 wire: #18...6 AWG 

2 wire: #18...10 AWG 

#18...12 AWG: 21 lb-in 

#10...8 AWG: 25 lb-in 

#6 AWG: 36 lb-in 

0.5 in 

Shunt Trip Module 

L9-ASTA1 

Shunt Trip Module 

L9-ASTA2 

CSA/UL Certifications Yes Yes Yes 

IEC 60 947-2 Compliance Yes Yes Yes 

CE Yes Yes Yes 

IEC Max. Voltage 250V AC 110...415V AC 12...110V AC 

UL/CSA Max. Voltage 240V AC ➊ 110...415V AC 12...110V AC 

Connection Cable Cable Cable 

Mechanical Life-span 

Aux...LX-AHS3 

Shunt Trip L9-AASTA... 

Terminations [ops) 6000 4000 

Terminal type 

Wire size 

1 conductor 0.5...2.5 (18...14) 1.0...6 (18...10) 

solid /stranded 2 conductors 0.5...2.5 (18...14) 1.0...6 (18...10) 

Tightening torque [Nm] / [lb-in] 0.8 / 7 2.8 / 25 

Weight [g] / [lbs] 45 / 0.1 155 / 0.4 

M 


Protection 

➊ Use of auxiliary or signal contact limits the circuit breaker to a maximum voltage of 240V AC for UL/CSA applications. 

L9 


M23

Dimensions 


M 


Protection 

L9 



1 pole 2 pole 3 pole 





L9 Miniature Circuit Breakers (Series L9…C & D) 

Two Pole Auxiliary Contact, Signal Alarm Contact (LX-AHS3) 

Shunt Trip (L9-AASTA...) 

Shunt Trip 




Methods of Applying 


This information is provided to aid in proper system design and utilization 

of circuit protection devices in North American applications. 

Be sure to consider all applicable local and national codes for your 

particular installation. 

M 


Protection 

M25

Circuit Protection Methods 


Applying L8 Supplementary Protectors in accordance with UL & NEC Guidelines (continued) 

M 


Protection 

Secondary Supplementary Protectors Selection 

• 50VA/120V = 0.42A rated transformer secondary current 

• 0.42A is less than 9, therefore may increase up to 167% 

• 0.42A x 167% =0.70A, Select L8-1/1/D or L8-1/1/C 

(1 amp 1-Pole) 

Secondary Control Transformer Calculations (120 / 24V) 

Transformer 

VA 

Secondary 

Volts 

Rated 

Amps ➊ 

Selected 

L8 Mini-CB 

50 120 0.42 1 

100 120 0.83 2 

150 120 1.25 2 

200 120 1.67 3 

250 120 2.08 4 

300 120 2.50 4 

500 120 4.17 7 

1000 120 8.33 13 

50 24 2.08 4 

100 24 4.17 7 

150 24 6.25 10 

200 24 8.33 13 

250 24 10.42 13 

300 24 12.50 16 

500 24 20.83 30 

1000 24 41.67 50 

Protection of Control Circuit Devices 

Control circuit devices can also generate inrush currents during 

startup, though not as intense as control transformers. Devices such as 

control relays, starter coils, and solenoids exhibit typical inrush levels 

between 6~10 x In. Also, protection of conductor wires or low-level 

signal devices such as PLCs may exhibit even lower inrush levels 

ranging from 3~5 x In. Depending on the inrush, an Mini-CB with a 

type “B” or “C” trip characteristic will perform the task. 

Control Circuit Conductor Protection 

The relationship between the control circuit conductor size and 

rating of the protective device must be in compliance with the 

tabulated data per UL 508. 

(Reference: UL 508A procedure prescribed only) 

Where can supplementary overcurrent 

protectors not be used? 

• Branch Circuit Protection Device (BCPD) 

• Power Transformer Primary Protection 

• Power Transformer Secondary Protection 

• Protection of Loads such as for Motors, Heater, Lamps, and 

General use 

Supplementary protectors may be submitted to UL for further investigation 

for other uses. 


FH7 

➊ If the rated secondary current is less than 9 amps, the maximum rating of the overcurrent 

device is 167%. If 9 amps or more, the maximum rating of the overcurrent 

device is 125%. 

M26 




Applying L8 Supplementary Protectors in accordance with UL & NEC Guidelines 


Sprecher+Schuh Series L8 Supplementary Protectors are recognized 

by Underwriters Laboratories (UL). Representative samples of this 

product have been evaluated by UL and meet applicable US safety 

standards. In general, the UL Component Recognition service covers 

the evaluation of components that will later be used in a complete 

product or system. L8 Supplementary Protectors are defined as UL 

Recognized supplementary overcurrent protective devices under the 

standard of UL 1077. 

UL 508A, a procedure covering industrial control panels, offers guidelines 

in applying supplementary overcurrent protective devices. The 

general areas of acceptability are in the primary and secondary protection 

of control transformers, and also control circuit protection. Other 

uses of Mini-CB’s may be submitted to UL for further investigation. 

Per UL 508A, before utilizing a supplementary device for control 

transformer overcurrent protection, the supplementary device 

must meet the following restrictions: 

Unless otherwise specified it is used with protection, either fuse or 

circuit breakers upstream from the supplementary device, rated 

at 400 percent of the supplementary protector rating but not less 

than 20A for device rated 150V or less and 15A for devices rated 

150V or more. 

(Reference: UL 508A procedure prescribed only) 

Protection of Control Transformers 

Control transformers can generate an almost infinite current spike 

on start-up while attempting to overcome core saturation. Only the 

resistance of the control transformer windings and the inductance of 

the circuit limit the large current draw. The inrush spikes are of short 

duration (1/8 to 1/4 of a cycle), typically reaching between 8~20 x 

I n . Therefore, selecting a Mini-CB with the proper current rating and 

high inrush trip characteristics is ideal to avoid nuisance tripping. 

Sprecher+Schuh Series L8 “C” & “D” type Supplementary Protectors 

offer high inrush capabilities from 5~10 x I n and 10~20 x I n respectively. 

Selecting the proper Mini-CB current ratings for the primary and secondary 

protection of control transformers (per UL/NEC) is as follows: 

Primary Overcurrent Protection for Control Transformers 

Control Circuits: If the rated primary current is less than 2 

amps, the maximum rating of the overcurrent device is 500%. 

If the rated primary current is more than 2 amps, the maximum 

rating of the overcurrent device is 250%. 

Secondary Overcurrent Protection for Control Transformers 

Control Circuits: If the rated secondary current is less than 9 

amps, the maximum rating of the overcurrent device is 167%. 

If 9 amps or more, the maximum rating of the overcurrent 

device is 125%. The next larger size of an overcurrent device 

may be used if 125% does not correspond to a standard size. 

(Reference: UL 508 32.7, UL 845 11.16 & 11.17, NEC 430-72(c) 

exception No. 2, 450-3(b) 1 & 2) 

Example (see table for more calculated results) 

Primary & Secondary Protection of a Control Transformer: 

50VA Pri. 480/ Sec. 120V 

Primary Mini-CB Selection 

• 50VA/480V = 0.10A rated transformer primary current 

• 0.10A is less than 2, therefore may increase up to 500% 

• 0.10A x 500% = 0.52A, Select L8-.5/2/D (0.5 amp 2-Pole) 

• Upstream BCPD must be rated at 400% of the selected Mini-CB 

rating 

• 0.5A x 400% = 2A, since rated below 15A at 150V or more, the 

minimum BCPD is 15A per NEC-240.6 

Primary Control Transformer Calculations (480 / 240V) 

Transformer 

VA 

Primary 

Volts 

Rated 

Amps ➊ 

Selected 

L8 Mini-CB 

Maximum 

Upstream 

BCPD ➋ 

50 480 0.10 0.5 15A 

100 480 0.21 1 15A 

150 480 0.31 1 15A 

200 480 0.42 2 15A 

250 480 0.52 2 15A 

300 480 0.63 3 15A 

500 480 1.04 5 25A 

1000 480 2.08 5 25A 

50 240 0.21 1 15A 

100 240 0.42 2 15A 

150 240 0.63 3 15A 

200 240 0.83 4 15A 

250 240 1.04 5 25A 

300 240 1.25 6 25A 

500 240 2.08 5 25A 

1000 240 4.17 10 60A 

➊ If the rated primary current is less than 2 amps, the maximum rating of the 

overcurrent device is 500%. If the rated primary current is more than 2 amps, the 

maximum rating of the overcurrent device is 250%. 

➋ Minimum standard BCPD ampere rating is 15A per NEC-240.6. 

M 


Protection 

L8 


M27



M 


Protection 

Applying L9 UL489 Miniature Circuit Breakers in accordance with UL & NEC Guidelines 

Description 

L9 Circuit Breakers for Branch Circuit protection are available one (1)-, 

two (2-), and three (3-) pole construction and are rated 0.5 to 40A at 

240VC AC and 0.5 to 20A at 480Y/277V AC for North American 

applications (UL 489 and CSA 22.2 No. 5.1). For IEC applications, the 

products are rated 415V AC 0.5 to 40A. 

Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breakers 

The L9 Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breakers are general-purpose devices suitable 

for the majority of industrial, inverse time circuit breaker applications. 

Circuit Breaker Application Information 

Selection of a L9 circuit breaker with appropriate circuit protection includes 

consideration of: 

● Circuit Voltage 

● Circuit Frequency 

● Available Short Circuit Current 

● Continuous Current Rating 

● Application Considerations 

● Special Operating Conditions 

Circuit Voltage 

The L9 circuit breakers are rated by voltage class. Applications should not 

exceed the listed voltage and current range. 

Circuit Frequency 

The L9 circuit breakers may be applied to frequencies of 50 and 60 Hz without 

derating. For applications above 60 Hz, contact Sprecher + Schuh with 

specific application information for the derating of the circuit breakers. 

Available Short Circuit Current 

The L9 circuit breakers should only be applied in those applications in 

which the available short-circuit (or fault) current is less than or equal to 

10,000 A. 

Region Max. Voltage Current Range 

IEC Regions 415V AC 0.5..40A 

North America 240V AC 0.5...40A 

(UL 489 & CSA 

22.2 No. 5.1) 480Y/277V AC 0.5...20A 

Application Considerations 

The selection of a specific ampere rating for a specific application is 

dependent on the type of load and duty cycle and is governed by the 

National Electric Code (Canadian Electric Code) and UL/CSA. In 

general, the codes require that overcurrent protection is at the current 

supply and at points where wire sizes are reduced. In addition, the 

codes state that conductors be protected according to their current 

carrying capacity. There are specific situations that require application 

consideration, such as motor circuit, and guidelines for the selection 

for transformer protection. 

The L9 circuit breakers are "non 100% rated" as defined UL 489, para 

7.1.4.2. As such, the circuit breaker's rating should be loaded to no 

more than 80% if used with continuous loads. 

Branch Circuits 

L9 circuit breakers may be used to protect branch circuits. A branch 

circuit is the wiring portion of a system extending beyond the final 

overcurrent device protecting the circuit. Guidelines established in 

NEC, CED, UL and CSA should be used to determine the specific 

device. 

1. Motor Branch Circuit 

L9 circuit breakers are not horsepower rated because they are able 

to safely interrupt currents far in excess of the locked rotor value 

for a selected motor. This ability is recognized in the codes and 

standards and is also established by the UL and CSA tests described 

in UL 489 and CSA 22.2 No 5.1 standards. 

2. Transformer Protection 

L9 circuit breakers may be used for transformer protection following 

the guidelines established. References: NEC 450 and UL 489. 

Also see CEC and appropriate Canadian Standards. References: 

NEC 450 and UL 489. Also see CEC and appropriate Canadian 

Standards. 

3. Heater Load, Lighting, and Other Load Protection 

L9 circuit breakers may be used for protection of heater loads, 

lighting loads and other loads following the guidelines established. 

References: NED Article 31 and UL 508A. Also see CEC and appropriate 

Canadian Standards. 

Coordinated Overcurrent Protection 

Where an orderly shutdown is required to minimize the hazards to 

personnel and equipment, a system of coordination based upon the 

faulted or overloaded circuit is isolated by selective operation of only 

the overcurrent protective device closest to the overcurrent condition. 

The user should select devices that meet this requirement. References: 

NEC 240.12. Also see CEC. 


L9 

M28




Applying L9 UL489 Miniature Circuit Breakers in accordance with UL & NEC Guidelines (continued) 

Determining Ratings 

The standard tripping characteristics for the L9 Series is Type C Type C has a magnetic trip activated at 5...10 times the rated current of the circuit 

breaker. The reference temperature for the thermal tripping characteristics is 40°C. The Type C characteristics will suit most applications. 

In rare occurrences when the Type C characteristics does not fully meet the application, the following additional magnetic trip characteristics is available. 

Type D allows for transient approximately twice as high as the standard Type C. Use the table and graphs to determine the current rating for the 

breaker if the ambient is significantly different than 40°C. 

Load Factor K T [I/I n ] 

Device Marked 

In (A) at higher Ambient Temperature 

Current Rating in 

(A) @ 40°C 

15°C 20°C 25°C 30°C 40°C 50°C 55°C 

0.5 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 

1.0 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.0 1 1.0 0.9 

1.5 1.7 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.5 1.4 1.4 

2.0 2.2 2.2 2.1 2.1 2 1.9 1.9 

3.0 3.3 3.2 3.2 3.1 3 2.9 2l.8 

4.0 4.4 4.3 4.2 4.2 4 3.8 3.8 

5.0 5.5 5.4 5.3 5.2 5 4.8 4.7 

6.0 6.6 6.5 6.4 6.2 6 5.8 5.6 

7.0 7.7 7.6 7.4 7.3 7 6.7 6.6 

8.0 8.8 8.6 8.5 8.3 8 7.7 7.5 

10.0 11.0 10.8 10.6 10.4 10 9.6 9.4 

13.0 14.3 14.0 13.8 13.5 13 12.5 12.2 

15.0 16.5 16.2 15.9 15.6 15 14.4 14.1 

16.0 17.6 17.3 17.0 16.6 16 15.4 15.0 

20.0 22.0 21.6 21.2 20.8 20 19.2 18.8 

25.0 27.5 27.0 26.5 26.0 25 24.0 23.5 

30.0 33.0 32.4 31.8 31.2 30 28.8 28.2 

32.0 35.2 34.6 33.9 33.3 32 30.7 30.1 

40.0 44.0 43.2 42.4 41.6 40 38.4 37.6 

Note: The table shows the corrected values of the rated current dependent on the ambient temperature. 

1.40 

1.30 

1.20 

1.10 

1.00 

0.90 

Influence of Ambient Temperature (T) 

on Load-Carrying Capacity 

-20 -10 0 10 20 30 50 50 

Ambient Temperature T [°C] 

Maximum load I at Ambient Temperature T: 

L 

I L(T) = I n K T (T) 

t [sec] 

7200 

3600 

1 

1200 

600 

300 

120 

60 

30 

10 

5 

2 

1 

0.5 

0.2 

0.1 

0.05 

0.02 

0.01 

0.005 

0.002 

0.001 

0.0005 

2 

3 

3 

Time-Current Characteristic L9 

Type C and D 

Ambient Temperature 40°C 

4 5 

4 5 

Tripping characteristic 

acc. to UL 489 

1 conventional non-tripping current 

Int = 1.0 I (TN =40°C) 

2 conventional tripping current 

It = 1.35 I : tN < 1 h (T=25°C) 

3 2.0 I : tN = 12- 120 s (T=25°C) 

4 

6 

Instantaneous Tripping 

acc. to IEC 60898-1 

type C: 5 I : t > 0.1N s 

10 I : t < 0.1N s 

type D: 10 I : t > 0.1N s 

20 I : t < 0.1N s 

M 


Protection 

L9 

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 15 20 30 40 50 

I / I 

N 

M29


Series L8 and L9 

Defining Electrical Standards Relating to Supplementary Protectors 

M 


Protection 

➊ 

➐ 

➊ Branch Circuit Protection Device (BCPD) 

Acceptable components 

• Branch circuit protection device (UL489) 

• Self-protected Type E manual motor controller 

➋ Control Transformer Primary Protection 


• UL-1077 supplementary protective device 


• UL-listed fuses 

➌ Control Transformer Secondary Protection 




• Miscellaneous, miniature and micro fuses 

➍ Supplementary Circuit Protection 



• Miscellaneous, miniature and micro fuses 

➌ 

➍ 

➎ Power Transformer Fuse/Branch Circuit 

Protection 


• Branch circuit protection device or power-related transformer 

fuses (UL489) 


➏ Power Transformer Fuse/Branch Circuit 

Protection 


• Branch circuit protection device or power-related transformer 

fuses (UL489) 


➋ 

➊ 

➊ 

➎ 

➏ 

➐ 

➌ 

➍ 

L10 Disconnect Switch 

KT7 Motor Circuit Protector 

V7 Fuse Blocks 

➏ 

➐ 

➎ 

Sprecher + Schuh Products 

➋ 

➌ 

➍ 

➎ 

➏ 

➋ 

➍ 

➊ 

➋ 

➎ 

➏ 

FH7 Fuse Holder 

L8 Supplementary Protector 

L9 Miniature Circuit Breaker 


L9 

➐ Motor Load Protection 

• Manual motor controllers (UL508) 




Defining Electrical Standards Relating to Supplementary Protectors 


Circuit protection devices should be applied in accordance with the 

product specifications, as well as local and national electrical codes. 

Sprecher+Schuh breakers offer equipment manufacturers a product 

that meets both US and international protection standards. A variety 

of Sprecher+Schuh Supplementary Protectors are approved by Underwriters 

Laboratory’s UL 1077 supplementary standards and are 

applicable for use under the guidelines of the National Electric Code 

(NEC). Internationally, Sprecher+Schuh Supplementary Protectors 

are CE marked and meet CSA and IEC standards for worldwide acceptance. 

Sprecher+Schuh Supplementary Protectors are an excellent choice 

for supplementary protection. See the listings below to gain a 

broader understanding of additional electrical standards pertaining to 

other types of Supplementary Protectors. 

UL 508 Manual Motor Controllers 

A manual motor controller is suitable for use as an ON/OFF 

R 

(make/break) controller for motors and other loads. These 

devices also have an overload tripping function which must be 

compliant with applicable tests for an overload relay. In addition, an 

overload tripping device must operate independently of the manipulation 

of the handle (trip free). 

A listed Manual Motor Controller, additionally marked “Suitable as 

a Motor Disconnect,” shall be permitted as a disconnecting means 

where installed between the final motor branch-circuit short-circuit, 

transformer protection, device and the motor. General uses: control 

circuit, transformer protection, motor loads, general use loads, lighting 

loads, resistive loads. 

Although Sprecher+Schuh Supplementary Protectors are not listed as 

UL 508 manual motor controllers, Sprecher + Schuh offers our KT7 

Motor Controller series, which does meet the UL 508 standard at a 

competitive price. 

UL 489 Branch Circuit Protection 

Products UL Listed for Branch Circuit Protection, which are 

approved and evaluated according to the UL 489 Standard 

R 

for “Molded Case Circuit Breakers” (usually applicable at 240V 

maximum when associated with Supplementary Protectors). General 

uses: Branch Circuit Protection Device (BCPD), protect motor loads, 

protect external loads such as receptacles or HVAC & refrigeration 

equipment. 

Although Sprecher+Schuh Supplementary Protectors are not listed as 

UL 489 branch circuit protectors, Sprecher + Schuh offers our KT7 

Motor Controller series which is approved as a self-protected combination 

motor controller under UL 508 and therefore can be applied as 

a branch circuit protection device. 

CSA C22.2 No. 5.1 

Products evaluated according to the Canadian Standards 

Association (CSA), which are intended to protect branch circuits 

in accordance with the Canadian Electric Code (CEC). The CSA 

C22.2 No. 5.1 standard is closely related to the UL 489 standard. 

UL 1077 Supplementary Protection 

UL recognized supplementary protectors evaluated according 

to UL 1077 standard. Supplementary protectors are intended 

for use as overcurrent protection within an appliance or other electrical 

equipment where branch circuit protectors shall not be used as 

substitutes for UL 489 branch circuit protective devices. General uses: 

control circuit components such as relay coils, starter coils, timers and 

remote solenoids... etc.; control transformers protection (primary & 

secondary); sensitive internal electronic circuitry. 

CSA C22.2 No. 235 

The CSA C22.2 No. 235 Standard is closely related to the UL 

1077 Supplementary Protector standard. 

IEC 60947-2 Standard 

Electrical standards for industrial applications using circuit 

protection. 

M 


Protection 

L9 


M31

Notes 


Notes 

M 


Protection 


L9 


R 


Series FH7 

DIN-rail Mounted 

Fuse Holders 

The new design 

standard for fuse block 

overcurrent protection 

New FH7 Fuse Holders have a 

completely enclosed design that 

makes changing fuses simple 

and safe 

Sprecher + Schuh’s new FH7 Fuse 

Blocks feature the latest enclosed design 

for the ultimate in safety and convenience. 

Built for control and power 

circuits, the FH7 line is DIN-rail 

mountable, compact and reliable. Both 

AC and DC models are available, with 

and without blown fuse indication. 

Sized for many applications 

FH7 Fuse Blocks are available in one, 

two and three pole configurations for 

the following fuse types: 

• Class CC 

• Midget; 1-1/2 x 13/32 

• DC rated fuses up to 30A 

• Class J 30A fuses 

• Class J 60A fuses 

All AC fuse blocks are rated to 600V, 

with 24 and 48V DC models available 

for midget fuses. All devices carry 

a withstand rating to 200kA. Midget 

fuse blocks are rated to 100kA. 

New enclosed design offers 

many advantages 

Unlike “open” fuse blocks of the past 

that were extremely dangerous, the 

enclosed design of the FH7 series 

features IP2 dead-front construction 

under IEC and DIN standards. In 

operation, there is no access to live 

fuses or fuse clips. With the flick of 

a finger, fuse access is gained via a levered 

compartment on the front of the 

holder that isolates the fuse from the 

line power. This makes fuse changeout 

quick, easy, convenient... and safe. 

Other great features 

The FH7 line is compact, saving up to 

15% in panel space over conventional 

fuse blocks. The entire line is also 

DIN-rail mountable, resulting in extra 

savings in panel building time. All 

models are available with blown fuse 

indication, saving time on maintenance 

and troubleshooting. The bodies 

are made up of tough and durable 

polyamide, known for its exceptional 

insulating properties. 

International approvals 

Class CC and J fuse holders are UL 

listed for branch circuit protection in 

electrical distribution systems. They 

are excellent for small motor loads 

and group protection of small motors. 

Midget holders are UL recognized. 

The entire line is CSA Approved and 

carries the CE Mark for use in international 

markets. 

M 


Protection 

17.5mm 17.5mm 37.5mm 40mm 

(≈11/16˝) (≈11/16˝) (≈1-15/32˝) (≈1-9/16˝) 

Midget Class CC Class J (30A) Class J (60A) 

M33 

FH7

Series FH7 Fuse Holders 

For Midget Fuses 

M 


Protection 

DIN-rail Mounted Fuse Holders – Midget Fuses (13/32 x 1-1/2) ➊ 

Ordering and 

Technical 

Information 

Fuse Block - 

Without Blown Fuse LED 

With Blown Fuse LED 

24V DC (with LED indicator) 

48V DC (with LED indicator) 

DIN-rail 

Top Hat, low profile (priced per rail) 

Top Hat, high profile (priced per rail) 

End Anchors 

DIN Rail — Normal Duty 

DIN Rail — Heavy Duty 


FH7-1PM30 

FH7-1PM30-L 

FH7-1PM30-D1 

FH7-1PM30-D2 

3F 

3AF 

V7-EA35 

V7-EAH35 

One Pole 

2.13" 

0.69" (17.5mm) (54mm) 

Price Ea. 

(Std Pkg) 

11.40 

16.90 

16.90 

16.90 

17.00 

26.00 

1.15 

4.35 

Pkg 

Qty 

6 

6 

6 

6 


FH7-2PM30 

FH7-2PM30-L 

Accessories 

12 

12 

50 

10 

3F 

3AF 

V7-EA35 

V7-EAH35 

Two Pole 

2.13" 

1.38" (35mm) (54mm) 

Price Ea. 

(Std Pkg) 

23.30 

34.80 

17.00 

26.00 

1.15 

4.35 

Pkg 

Qty 

3 

3 

12 

12 

50 

10 


FH7-3PM30 

FH7-3PM30-L 

3F 

3AF 

V7-EA35 

V7-EAH35 

Three Pole 

2.13" 

2.07" (52.5mm) (54mm) 

Price Ea. 

(Std Pkg) 

Fuse Block Specifications 

Approvals 

Voltage Rating 600V AC/DC 600V AC/DC 600V AC/DC 600V AC/DC 600V AC/DC 600V AC/DC 

Maximum Current 30 A 30 A 30 A 30 A 30 A 30 A 

Wire Range (Rated Cross Section) #14–#6 AWG 

2.5…16mm 2 

#14–#6 AWG 

2.5…16mm 2 

#14–#6 AWG 

2.5…16mm 2 

#14–#6 AWG 

2.5…16mm 2 

#14–#6 AWG 

2.5…16mm 2 

#14–#6 AWG 

2.5…16mm 2 

Wire Strip Length 0.5" (12.7 mm) 0.5" (12.7 mm) 0.5" (12.7 mm) 

Recommended Tightening Torque 15 lb-in. (1.7 Nm) 15 lb-in. (1.7 Nm) 15 lb-in. (1.7 Nm) 

Working Voltage (indicating circuit) 

FH7-1PM30-D1 

FH7-1PM30-D2 

Leakage Current (indicating circuit) 

FH7-1PM30-D1 

FH7-1PM30-D2 

95…600V AC; 115…600V DC 

12…24V DC 

35…48V DC 

0.8mA max. @ 600V 

10mA @ 24V 

10mA @ 48V 

95…600V AC; 115…600V DC 

~ 

~ 

0.8mA max. @ 600V 

~ 

~ 

35.00 

52.20 

17.00 

26.00 

1.15 

4.35 

95…600V AC; 115…600V DC 

~ 

~ 

0.8mA max. @ 600V 

~ 

~ 

Withstand Rating 100kA 100kA 100kA 

Fuse Type Midget fuses only ➊ Midget fuses only ➊ Midget fuses only ➊ 

Temperature Range –40°…+221°F (–40°…+105°C) –40°…+221°F (–40°…+105°C) –40°…+221°F (–40°…+105°C) 

Common Midget Fuse Applications 

• Transformer secondary protection 

• Supplemental protection of: 

- Control circuits 

- Lighting 

- Solenoids 

3.07" (78mm) 

3.07" (78mm) 

Typical Midget Fuse Dimensions 

3.07" (78mm) 

Pkg 

Qty 

2 

2 

12 

12 

50 

10 


FH7 

➊ Fuses not offered by Sprecher + Schuh. 

M34 


R R R 


For Class CC Fuses 


DIN-rail Mounted Fuse Holders – Class CC Fuses ➊ 

Ordering and 

Technical 

Information 

Fuse Block - 



DIN-rail 



End Anchors 




FH7-1PC30 

FH7-1PC30-L 

3F 

3AF 

V7-EA35 

V7-EAH35 

One Pole 

2.13" 

0.69" (17.5mm) (54mm) 

Price Ea. 

(Std Pkg) 

10.70 

16.10 

17.00 

26.00 

1.15 

4.35 

Pkg 

Qty 

6 

6 


FH7-2PC30 

FH7-2PC30-L 

Accessories 

12 

12 

50 

10 

3F 

3AF 

V7-EA35 

V7-EAH35 

Two Pole 

2.13" 

1.38" (35mm) (54mm) 

Price Ea. 

(Std Pkg) 

23.10 

34.30 

17.00 

26.00 

1.15 

4.35 

Pkg 

Qty 

3 

3 

12 

12 

50 

10 


FH7-3PC30 

FH7-3PC30-L 

3F 

3AF 

V7-EA35 

V7-EAH35 

Three Pole 

2.13" 

2.07" (52mm) (54mm) 

Price Ea. 

(Std Pkg) 


Approvals 




2.5…16mm 2 

#14–#6 AWG 

2.5…16mm 2 

#14–#6 AWG 

2.5…16mm 2 

#14–#6 AWG 

2.5…16mm 2 

#14–#6 AWG 

2.5…16mm 2 

#14–#6 AWG 

2.5…16mm 2 



Working Voltage (indicating circuit) 95…600V AC; 115…600V DC 95…600V AC; 115…600V DC 95…600V AC; 115…600V DC 

Leakage Current (indicating circuit) 0.8mA max. @ 600V 0.8mA max. @ 600V 0.8mA max. @ 600V 


Fuse Type Class CC fuses only ➊ Class CC fuses only ➊ Class CC fuses only ➊ 


Common Class CC Applications 

• Control transformer protection 

• Motor circuits 

• Branch circuit protection 

• Lighting loads 

• General purpose loads 

• Heating loads 

3.07" (78mm) 

3.07" (78mm) 

Typical Class CC Fuse Dimensions 

3.07" (78mm) 

34.90 

52.00 

17.00 

26.00 

1.15 

4.35 

Pkg 

Qty 

2 

2 

12 

12 

50 

10 

M 


Protection 


FH7 


M35

R R R 


For Class J Fuses, 30A 

M 


Protection 

DIN-rail Mounted Fuse Holders – Class J Fuses, 30A ➊ 

Ordering and 

Technical 

Information 

Fuse Block - 



DIN-rail 



End Anchors 



4.41" (112mm) 


FH7-1PJ30 

FH7-1PJ30-L 

3F 

3AF 

V7-EA35 

V7-EAH35 

One Pole 

2.59" 

1.48" (37.5mm) (73.5mm) 

Price Ea. 

(Std Pkg) 

23.40 

27.30 

17.00 

26.00 

1.15 

4.35 

Pkg 

Qty 

6 

6 


FH7-2PJ30 

FH7-2PJ30-L 

Accessories 

12 

12 

50 

10 

3F 

3AF 

V7-EA35 

V7-EAH35 

Two Pole 

2.89" 

2.56" (65mm) (73.5mm) 

Price Ea. 

(Std Pkg) 

48.50 

56.00 

17.00 

26.00 

1.15 

4.35 

Pkg 

Qty 

3 

3 

12 

12 

50 

10 


FH7-3PJ30 

FH7-3PJ30-L 

3F 

3AF 

V7-EA35 

V7-EAH35 

Three Pole 

2.89" 

3.86" (98mm) (73.5mm) 

Price Ea. 

(Std Pkg) 


Approvals 




2.5…16mm 2 

#14–#6 AWG 

2.5…16mm 2 

#14–#6 AWG 

2.5…16mm 2 

#14–#6 AWG 

2.5…16mm 2 

#14–#6 AWG 

2.5…16mm 2 

#14–#6 AWG 

2.5…16mm 2 






Fuse Type Class J fuses only ➊ Class J fuses only ➊ Class J fuses only ➊ 


Common Class J Applications 


• Feeders and mains 


• Lighting, heating and general loads 

• Power transformers 

• Control transformers 

• Control circuits 

4.41" (112mm) 

4.41" (112mm) 

Typical Class J (1-30A) Fuse Dimensions 

72.80 

83.90 

17.00 

26.00 

1.15 

4.35 

Pkg 

Qty 

2 

2 

12 

12 

50 

10 


FH7 


M36 


R R R 


For Class J Fuses, 60A 


DIN-rail Mounted Fuse Holders – Class J Fuses, 60A ➊ 

Ordering and 

Technical 

Information 

Fuse Block - 



DIN-rail 



End Anchors 



4.80" (122mm) 


FH7-1PJ60 

FH7-1PJ60-L 

3F 

3AF 

V7-EA35 

V7-EAH35 

One Pole 

3.23" 

1.57" (40mm) (82mm) 

Price Ea. 

(Std Pkg) 

26.70 

30.30 

17.00 

26.00 

1.15 

4.35 

Pkg 

Qty 

6 

6 


FH7-2PJ60 

FH7-2PJ60-L 

Accessories 

12 

12 

50 

10 

3F 

3AF 

V7-EA35 

V7-EAH35 

Two Pole 

3.23" 

3.15" (80mm) (82mm) 

Price Ea. 

(Std Pkg) 

54.90 

62.30 

17.00 

26.00 

1.15 

4.35 

Pkg 

Qty 

3 

3 

12 

12 

50 

10 


FH7-3PJ60 

FH7-3PJ60-L 

3F 

3AF 

V7-EA35 

V7-EAH35 

Three Pole 

3.23" 

4.72" (120mm) (82mm) 

Price Ea. 

(Std Pkg) 


Approvals 




2.5…16mm 2 

#14–#6 AWG 

2.5…16mm 2 

#14–#6 AWG 

2.5…16mm 2 

#14–#6 AWG 

2.5…16mm 2 

#14–#6 AWG 

2.5…16mm 2 

#14–#6 AWG 

2.5…16mm 2 






Fuse Type Class J fuses only ➊ Class J fuses only ➊ Class J fuses only ➊ 


Common Class J Applications 


• Feeders and mains 


• Lighting, heating and general loads 

• Power transformers 

• Control transformers 

• Control circuits 

4.80" (122mm) 

4.80" (122mm) 

Typical Class J (31-60A) Fuse Dimensions 

82.30 

93.50 

17.00 

26.00 

1.15 

4.35 

Pkg 

Qty 

2 

2 

12 

12 

50 

10 

M 


Protection 


FH7 


M37

Fuse Block Selection Guide 


M 


Protection 

FH7 

Control Transformers - Primary ➊ 

Transformer Max. 

Value 

Fuse 

Block 

Max. 

Value 

Fuse 

Block 

Max. 

Value 

Fuse 

Block 

Max. 

Value 

Fuse 

Block 

VA 208V 240V 480 575V 

50 1.125 30A 1.0 30A 0.5 30A 0.4 30A 

100 2.25 30A 2.0 30A 1.0 30A 0.6 30A 

150 3.5 30A 3.0 30A 1.5 30A 1.25 30A 

200 4.5 30A 4.0 30A 2.0 30A 1.6 30A 

250 6.0 30A 5.0 30A 2.5 30A 2.0 30A 

300 7.0 30A 6.25 30A 3.0 30A 2.5 30A 

500 6.0 30A 5.0 30A 5.0 30A 4.0 30A 

1000 12.0 30A 10.0 30A 5.0 30A 8.0 30A 

1500 17.5 30A 15.0 30A 7.5 30A 6.25 30A 

2000 20.0 30A 20.0 30A 10.0 30A 8.0 30A 

3000 35.0 60A 30.0 60A 15.0 30A 12.0 30A 

5000 60.0 60A 50.0 60A 25.0 30A 20.0 30A 

7500 ~ ~ ~ ~ 35.0 60A 30.0 60A 

10000 ~ ~ ~ ~ 50.0 60A 40.0 60A 

Control Transformers - Secondary 

Transformer Max. 

Value 

Fuse 

Block 

Max. 

Value 

Fuse 

Block 

VA 24V 120V 

50 3.2 30A 0.6 30A 

100 6.25 30A 1.25 30A 

150 10.0 30A 2.0 30A 

200 12.0 30A 2.5 30A 

250 15.0 30A 3.2 30A 

300 20.0 30A 4.0 30A 

500 30.0 30A 6.25 30A 

1000 60.0 60A 12.0 30A 

1500 ~ ~ 17.5 30A 

2000 ~ ~ 25.0 30A 

3000 ~ ~ 35.0 60A 

5000 ~ ~ 60.0 60A 

7500 ~ ~ ~ ~ 

10000 ~ ~ ~ ~ 

➊ Class CC and Class J fuses may be used for Primary Protection, 

contact fuse manufacturer for specific use. 

The Maximum Values listed in the tables are calculated from the following 

procedures, which can be found in the NEC . Always compute the Max. 

Value for your specific application prior to selecting a fuse block. 

Calculating NEC Maximum Values 

Selecting the proper fuse block current ratings for the primary and secondary protection 

of control transformers (per UL/NEC) is as follows: 

Primary Overcurrent Protection for Control Transformers 

Control Circuits: If the rated primary current is less than 2 amps, the maximum 

rating of the overcurrent device is 500%. If the rated primary current is 

more than 2 amps, the maximum rating of the overcurrent device is 250%. 

Secondary Overcurrent Protection for Control Transformers 

Control Circuits: If the rated secondary current is less than 9 amps, the 

maximum rating of the overcurrent device is 167%. If 9 amps or more, the 

maximum rating of the overcurrent device is 125%. The next larger size of an 

overcurrent device may be used if 125% does not correspond to a standard 

size. 

Reference: UL 508 19.3, NEC 430-72(c) exception No. 2, 450-3(b) 1 & 2 

Primary Fuse Block Selection Example: 

1000VA Transformer 

480V Primary 

1000/480 = 2.08 Amps [May increase by 250% if above 2A] 

2.08 x 250% = 5.21 Amps 

Select 30A FH7 Class CC fuse block for 5A Class CC Fuse 

Secondary Fuse Block Selection Example: 

5000VA Transformer 

120V Secondary 

5000/120 = 41.7 Amps [May increase by 125% if above 9A] 

41.7 x 125% = 52.1 Amps 

Select 60A FH7 Class J fuse block for 50A Class J Fuse 


M38 


Fuse Block Selection Guide 



Three Phase Motor Loads ➊➋➌ 

Horsepower 

FLA 

Fuse 

Block 

FLA 

Fuse 

Block 

FLA 

Fuse 

Block 

FLA 

208V 240V 480V 575V 

Fuse 

Block 

1/2 2.4 30A 2.2 30A 1.1 30A 0.9 30A 

3/4 3.5 30A 3.2 30A 1.6 30A 1.3 30A 

1 4.6 30A 4.2 30A 2.1 30A 1.7 30A 

1-1/2 6.6 30A 6.0 30A 3.0 30A 2.4 30A 

2 7.5 30A 6.8 30A 3.4 30A 2.7 30A 

3 10.6 30A 9.6 30A 4.8 30A 3.9 30A 

5 16.8 30A 15.2 30A 7.6 30A 6.1 30A 

7-1/2 24.2 60A 22.0 60A 11.0 30A 9.0 30A 

10 30.8 60A 28.0 60A 14.0 30A 11.0 30A 

15 ~ ~ 42.0 60A 21.0 30A 17.0 30A 

20 ~ ~ ~ ~ 27 60A 22.0 60A 

25 ~ ~ ~ ~ 34 60A 27.0 60A 

30 ~ ~ ~ ~ 40 60A 32.0 60A 

40 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 41.0 60A 

Single Phase Motor Loads ➊➋➌ 

Horsepower 

FLA 

115V 

Fuse 

Block 

FLA 

230V 

Fuse 

Block 

1/6 4.4 30A 2.2 30A 

1/4 5.8 30A 2.9 30A 

1/3 7.2 30A 3.6 30A 

1/2 9.8 30A 4.9 30A 

3/4 13.8 30A 6.9 30A 

1 16 30A 8 30A 

1-1/2 20 30A 10 30A 

2 24 60A 12 30A 

3 34 60A 17 30A 

5 ~ ~ 28 60A 

7-1/2 ~ ~ 40 60A 

10 ~ ~ 50 60A 

➊ Fuse block size is based on Class J Type time-delay fuses for typical motor 

acceleration up to 5 seconds. Limited use of Class CC fuse blocks may be used for 

motor loads, contact fuse manufacturer for acceptance. 

➋ FLA Data is in accordance with UL-508 Table 42.2 & NEC Tables 430-148 & 150. 

➌ Selection of fuse block should be based on selected fuse manufacturer data. 

M 


Protection 

FH7 


M39


Notes Page 

Notes 

M 


Protection 


FH7 

M40

KT7 Motor Circuit Controllers KT4 Manual Motor Starters - AA Electric

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

Delete template?

Save as template?